Disney DM002SH Owner's Manual

Introduction
Thank you for purchasing Disney Mobile DM002SH.
. For proper handset use, read this guide beforehand.
. Keep this guide in a convenient place for reference.
. Accessible Disney Mobile services may vary by service area, subscription, etc.
Disney Mobile DM002SH is compatible with 3G network technology.
Notes
. Copying this guide in whole or part without authorization is prohibited.
. Guide content is subject to change without prior notice.
. Efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy and clarity of this guide. Please contact
General Information (P.14-38) about unclear or missing information.
Chapter Contents
At A Glance
Getting Started
1
Basic Operations
2
Calling
3
Messaging
4
Disney Web & PC Site Browser
5
Digital TV
6
Camera & Imaging
7
Media Player & S! Applications
8
Handy Extras
9
Communication Services
10
Handset Security
11
Connectivity & File Backup
12
Handset Customization
13
Appendix
14
i
Guide Usage Notes
Notes
.Most operation descriptions are based on default settings with
handset open (P.1-2) in Standby (P.1-8).
.Operations and results may differ by handset status.
.Sample screenshots, etc. are provided for reference only.
.Actual handset windows, menus, etc. may differ in appearance.
."(Japanese)" appears next to functions or applications which require
Japanese ability to use as intended.
ii
Table of Contents
Guide Usage Notes .......................... ii
Table of Contents ............................ iii
Accessories ...................................... v
Safety Precautions.......................... vi
1
Getting Started
Handset Parts ................................ 1-2
Display ........................................... 1-4
Charging Battery ........................... 1-7
Power On/Off ................................. 1-8
Keypad Lock .................................. 1-9
My Details .................................... 1-10
Mobile Manners ........................... 1-11
Security Codes ............................ 1-12
2
Basic Operations
Menu Operations........................... 2-2
Multi Job ........................................ 2-3
Simple Menu .................................. 2-4
Font Size ........................................ 2-5
Standby Display Options.............. 2-6
Custom Screens............................ 2-8
Handset Responses...................... 2-9
Text Entry..................................... 2-10
User Dictionary............................ 2-15
Phone Book ................................. 2-16
Mail Groups ................................. 2-19
Data Folder .................................. 2-20
Memory Card ............................... 2-23
Additional Functions .................. 2-25
3
Calling
Voice Calling .................................. 3-2
Video Calling.................................. 3-4
Speed Dial ...................................... 3-5
Call Log .......................................... 3-6
Call Time & Call Cost .................... 3-7
Optional Services .......................... 3-8
Additional Functions................... 3-10
Emergency Calls ......................... 3-14
4
Messaging
Messaging...................................... 4-2
Sending Messages ........................ 4-4
Additional Functions..................... 4-8
Incoming Messages .................... 4-10
Additional Functions................... 4-12
Handling Messages..................... 4-14
Chat Folder .................................. 4-16
Additional Functions................... 4-17
5
Disney Web & PC Site Browser
Internet Services ........................... 5-2
Disney Web .................................... 5-3
PC Site Browser ............................ 5-4
Browsing ........................................ 5-5
Bookmarks & Saved Pages .......... 5-7
Additional Functions..................... 5-8
6
Digital TV
Digital TV........................................ 6-2
TV Player ........................................ 6-7
TV Timer ......................................... 6-9
Additional Functions................... 6-10
7
Camera & Imaging
Camera ...........................................7-2
Photo Camera ................................7-4
Video Camera ................................7-5
Shooting Modes ............................7-6
Editing Images ...............................7-8
Printing .........................................7-11
Additional Functions...................7-12
8
Media Player & S! Applications
Media Player...................................8-2
Music ..............................................8-4
Video...............................................8-6
Playlists ..........................................8-8
Editing Video .................................8-9
S! Applications ............................8-12
Additional Functions...................8-14
9
Handy Extras
Calendar & Tasks...........................9-2
Notepad ..........................................9-7
Expenses Memo ............................9-8
Voice Recorder ..............................9-9
Osaifu-Keitai® ...............................9-10
Calculator .....................................9-13
Alarms ..........................................9-14
Wakeup TV ...................................9-16
Hour Minder .................................9-18
World Clock..................................9-19
Stopwatch ....................................9-20
Countdown Timer ........................9-21
S! Quick News..............................9-22
iii
Table of Contents
Document Viewer........................ 9-23
e-Books........................................ 9-24
Scan Barcode .............................. 9-25
Create QR Code .......................... 9-26
Scan Card .................................... 9-27
Text Scanner................................ 9-28
Additional Functions .................. 9-29
10 Communication Services
S! Loop......................................... 10-2
S! Friend's Status ....................... 10-3
S! Circle Talk................................ 10-6
11 Handset Security
Handset Security......................... 11-2
12 Connectivity & File Backup
Infrared......................................... 12-2
Bluetooth® ................................... 12-6
Mass Storage............................. 12-10
Backup ....................................... 12-11
S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB) ...12-14
13 Handset Customization
Phone Settings ............................. 13-2
Display........................................... 13-3
Ringtones & Sounds .................... 13-5
Text Entry & Phone Book............. 13-6
Calling............................................ 13-7
Messaging ..................................... 13-8
Disney Web & PC Site Browser ... 13-10
Digital TV .....................................13-11
Camera ........................................13-13
iv
Media Player & S! Applications...13-14
Handy Extras .............................. 13-15
Communication Services .......... 13-16
Connectivity................................ 13-17
Reset ........................................... 13-18
14 Appendix
USIM Card ..................................... 14-2
Battery........................................... 14-4
Software Update........................... 14-5
Troubleshooting ........................... 14-6
Key Assignments ......................... 14-9
Pager Codes ............................... 14-11
Character Codes ........................ 14-12
Specifications............................. 14-18
Menu List .................................... 14-23
Index............................................ 14-29
Warranty & Service .................... 14-37
Customer Service....................... 14-38
Accessories
Accessories
[ Battery (SHBBH1)
*
[ Utility Software (Japanese)*
Complimentary sample.
. Use specified Charger (sold separately) only.
. For accessory-related information, please contact General Information (P.14-38).
. Utility Software is designed exclusively for DM002SH. Download newest versions via Disney Mobile Website (P.14-21).
. To listen to audio, use specified Headphones (sold separately) only.
v
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
. Read safety precautions before using handset.
. Observe precautions to avoid injury to self or others, or damage to property.
. Disney Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from use of this product.
Before Using Handset
[ Symbols
Make sure you thoroughly understand these symbols before reading on. Symbols and their meanings are described below:
a
a
a
DANGER
Great risk of death or serious injury from improper use
WARNING
Risk of death or serious injury from improper use
CAUTION
Risk of injury or damage to property from improper use
bcdef
Prohibited Actions
vi
gh
Compulsory Actions
a
Attention Required
Safety Precautions
Battery
DANGER
Prevent injury from battery leakage,
breakage or fire. Do not:
Handset, Battery & Charger
Use specified battery and Charger
only. (P.v, P.1-7)
Non-specified equipment use may cause
malfunctions, electric shock or fire due to
battery leakage, overheating or bursting.
Do not short-circuit Charging
Terminals.
Keep metal objects away from Charging
Terminals. Keep handset away from jewelry.
Battery may leak, overheat, burst or ignite
causing injury. Use a case to carry battery.
g
b
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Heat or dispose of battery in fire
Open/modify/disassemble battery
Damage or solder battery
Use a damaged or warped battery
Use non-specified charger (P.1-7)
Force battery into handset
Charge battery near fire or sources of
heat; or expose it to extreme heat
. Use battery for other equipment
If battery fluid gets in eyes, do not
rub; rinse with water and consult a
doctor immediately.
Eyes may be severely damaged.
b
WARNING
Handset, Battery & Charger
Do not insert foreign objects into the
handset or Charger.
Do not insert metal or flammable objects into
handset or Charger; may cause fire or
electric shock. Keep out of children's reach.
g
Keep handset out of rain or extreme
humidity.
Fire or electric shock may result.
Keep handset away from liquid-filled
containers.
Keep the handset and Charger away from
chemicals or liquids; fire or electric shock
may result.
Do not place battery or handset in
ovens, microwave ovens, etc.
Battery or other parts may leak, burst,
overheat or ignite; may cause malfunction,
accident or injury.
Do not disassemble or modify
handset or related hardware.
. Do not open handset or Charger; may
cause electric shock or injury. Contact
Customer Assistance for repairs.
. Do not modify handset or Charger; fire or
electric shock may result.
b
d
b
b
c
vii
Safety Precautions
If an abnormality occurs, or water/
foreign matter is inside handset:
If handset emits an unusual sound, smoke
or odor, or if water or foreign matter is inside
it, discontinue use; may cause fire or electric
shock. Turn off handset, remove battery and
unplug AC Charger; contact Customer
Assistance.
Keep handset off and Charger
disconnected near gas stations or
places with fire/explosion risk.
Handset use near petrochemicals or
other flammables may cause fire/
explosion; turn handset off before
using Osaifu-Keitai® at gas stations
(cancel IC Card Lock beforehand).
Do not subject handset or Charger to
strong shocks or impacts.
. Avoid strong shocks to AC Charger while it
is plugged into the outlet; may cause
malfunction or injury.
. Strong shocks or impacts to handset or
Charger may cause malfunction or injury.
Should handset be damaged, remove
battery then contact Customer Assistance.
Discontinue handset use; may cause fire,
electric shock or injury.
h
g
Handset
Take measures to prevent accidents.
. Do not use handset (including TV) while
driving; park beforehand. Phone use while
driving is prohibited by the Road Traffic
Law (revised November 1, 2004).
. Do not use Headphones while driving or
cycling. Accidents may result.
. Moderate volume outside, especially near
road/rail crossings, etc. to avoid accidents.
Do not swing handset by strap.
May result in injury or breakage.
Turn handset power off before
boarding aircraft.
b
Using wireless devices aboard aircraft may
cause electronic malfunctions or endanger
aircraft operation.
Adjust vibration and ringtone
settings:
Users with a heart condition/pacemaker/
defibrillator should adjust handset settings
accordingly.
During thunderstorms, turn power off;
find cover.
There is a risk of lightning strike or electric
shock.
viii
Charger
b
Use only the specified voltage.
Non-specified voltages may cause fire or
electric shock.
. AC Charger: AC 100V-240V Input
Charger care
b
g
g
. Do not touch with wet hands. Electric
shock may occur.
. Pull AC Charger straight out to unplug it;
may cause malfunction or injury.
. Do not use multiple cords in one outlet;
may cause excess heat/fire.
. Do not bend, twist, pull or set objects on
cord. Exposed wire may cause fire or
electric shock.
Do not short-circuit Charger terminals.
May cause overheating, fire or electric
shock. Keep metal away from terminals.
Damaged AC Charger cord:
May cause fire or electric shock; discontinue
use and purchase a new Charger.
During thunderstorms:
g
Unplug AC Charger to avoid damage, fire or
electric shock.
Charger use and children:
May cause electric shock/injury; keep out of
reach.
b
e
b
b
g
h
g
Safety Precautions
Battery
. If battery does not charge properly, stop
trying. Battery may overheat, burst or
ignite.
. At signs of a battery leak, avoid fire
sources. It may catch fire or burst.
If there is abnormal odor, excessive heat,
discoloration or distortion, remove battery
from handset.
It may leak, overheat or explode.
Handset Use & Electronic Medical Equipment
g
g
This section is based on "Guidelines on the Use of
Radio Communications Equipment such as Cellular
Telephones and Safeguards for Electronic Medical
Equipment" (Electromagnetic Compatibility
Conference, April 1997) and "Report of Investigation
of the Effects of Radio Waves on Medical
Equipment, etc." (Association of Radio Industries
and Businesses, March 2001).
Persons with implanted pacemaker/
defibrillator should keep handset
more than 22 cm away.
Radio waves can interfere with implanted
pacemakers or defibrillators causing such
devices to malfunction.
Turn handset off in crowds or trains
where persons with implanted
pacemaker/defibrillator may be near.
Radio waves can interfere with implanted
pacemakers or defibrillators causing such
devices to malfunction.
Observe these rules inside medical
facilities:
. Do not enter an operating room or an
Intensive or Coronary Care Unit while
carrying a handset.
. Keep handset off in hospitals, including
lobbies.
. Obey medical facility rules on mobile
phone use.
Consult electronic medical equipment
vendor on radio wave effects.
g
g
g
CAUTION
Handset, Battery & Charger
Handset care
. Place handset on stable surfaces to avoid
malfunction or injury.
. Keep handset away from oily smoke or
steam. Fire or accidents may result.
. Cold air from air conditioners may
condense, resulting in leakage or burnout.
. Keep handset away from heat/direct
sunlight (e.g., inside vehicles, etc.).
Warping, discoloration or fire may occur.
Battery shape may be affected.
. Keep handset out of extremely cold places
to avoid malfunction or accidents.
. Keep handset away from fire sources to
avoid malfunction or accidents.
Usage environment
. Excessive dust may prevent heat release
and cause burnout or fire.
. Avoid using handset on the beach. Sand
may cause malfunction or accidents.
. Keep handset away from credit cards,
telephone cards, etc. to avoid data loss.
a
a
g
ix
Safety Precautions
Handset
Handset temperature
Handset may become hot while in use.
Avoid prolonged contact with skin, especially
at high temperature. May cause burn
injuries.
Avoid leaving handset in extreme heat
(inside vehicles, etc.).
Hot handset may lead to burn injuries.
Volume settings
Moderate handset volume; excessive
volume may damage ears or hearing.
Inside vehicles
Handset use may cause electronic
equipment to malfunction.
If you experience any skin irritation
associated with handset use,
discontinue handset use and consult
a doctor.
Metal and other materials (P.14-18) may
cause skin irritation, rashes, or itchiness
depending on your physical condition.
Charger
a
b
a
AC Charger cord
. Grasp plug (not cord) to disconnect AC
Charger. May cause fire/electric shock.
. Keep cord away from heaters. Exposed
wire may cause fire or electric shock.
. Stop use if plug is hot or improperly
connected. May cause fire/electric shock.
Always charge handset in a
well-ventilated area.
Avoid covering/wrapping Charger; may
cause damage/fire.
b
During periods of disuse
g
Handset maintenance
Always unplug AC Charger after use.
Always disconnect AC Charger when
cleaning handset.
Battery
b
g
b
h
h
Do not throw or abuse battery. Battery may
overheat, burst or ignite.
Do not leave battery in direct sunlight or
inside a closed vehicle; may reduce battery
performance or overheat. An overheated
battery may cause fire.
Do not expose battery to liquids.
Performance may deteriorate.
If battery fluid contacts skin or clothes, rinse
with clean water immediately.
Do not dispose of an exhausted battery with
ordinary refuse; always tape over battery
terminals before disposal. Take battery to a
SoftBank Shop, or follow the local disposal
regulations.
Keep battery out of children's reach.
. Charge battery in ambient temperatures
between 5oC and 35oC; outside this range,
battery may leak/overheat and
performance may deteriorate.
. If your child is using handset, explain all
instructions and supervise usage.
. If there is abnormal odor or excessive
heat, stop using battery and call Customer
Assistance.
. Charge battery at least once every
six months; an uncharged battery may
become unusable.
x
b
b
f
g
b
g
a
Safety Precautions
General Notes
General Use
. Disney Mobile is not liable for any damages
resulting from accidental loss/alteration of handset
or Memory Card data. Keep a copy of Phone Book
entries, etc. in a separate place.
. Handset transmissions may be disrupted inside
buildings, tunnels or underground, or when
moving into/out of such places.
. Use handset without disturbing others.
. Handsets are radios as stipulated by the Radio
Law. Under the Radio Law, handsets must be
submitted for inspection upon request.
. Handset use near landlines, TVs or radios may
cause interference.
. Beware of eavesdropping.
Because this service is completely digital, the
possibility of signal interception is greatly reduced.
However, some transmissions may be overheard.
Eavesdropping
Deliberate/accidental interception of
communications constitutes eavesdropping.
Inside Vehicles
. Never use handset while driving.
. Do not park illegally to use handset.
. Handset use may affect a vehicle's electronic
equipment.
Aboard Aircraft
Never use handset aboard aircraft (keep power off).
Handset use may impair aircraft operation.
Handset Care
. If handset is left with no battery or an exhausted
one, data may be altered/lost. Disney Mobile is not
liable for any resulting damages.
. Use handset between 5oC - 35oC (35% - 85%
humidity).
. Avoid extreme temperatures and direct sunlight.
. Exposing lens to direct sunlight may damage color
filter and affect image color.
. Clean handset with dry, soft cloth. Using alcohol,
thinner, etc. may damage it.
. Avoid scratching handset Display.
. When closing handset, keep straps, etc. outside to
avoid damaging the Display.
. Function Usage Limits
These functions are disabled after handset
upgrade/replacement or service cancellation:
Camera; Media Player; S! Applications; TV.
After a period of disuse, these functions may be
unusable; retrieve Network Information (P.13-17)
to restore usability.
. Handset is not water-proof. Avoid exposure to
liquids and high humidity (e.g., precipitation,
perspiration, beach, cold air from air conditioning,
restroom, bath/shower room, etc.).
. Avoid heavy objects or excessive pressure. May
cause malfunction or injury.
, Do not sit on handset in back pants pocket.
, Do not place heavy objects on handset inside
handbags, packs, etc.
. Connect only specified products to Headphone
Port. Other devices may malfunction or cause
damage.
. Always turn off handset before removing battery.
xi
Safety Precautions
Copyrights
Copyright laws protect sounds, images, computer
programs, databases, other materials and copyright
holders. Duplicated material is limited to private use
only. Use of materials beyond this limit or without
permission of copyright holders may constitute
copyright infringement, and be subject to criminal
punishment. Comply with copyright laws when using
images captured with handset camera.
The software contained in handset is copyrighted
material; copyright, moral right and other related
rights are protected by copyright laws. Do not
copy, modify, alter, disassemble, decompile or
reverse-engineer the software, and do not
separate it from hardware in whole or part.
Licensed by QUALCOMM Incorporated under one or
more of the following United States Patents and/or
their counterparts in other nations:
4,901,307 5,490,165 5,056,109 5,504,773
5,101,501 5,506,865 5,109,390 5,511,073
5,228,054 5,535,239 5,267,261 5,544,196
5,267,262 5,568,483 5,337,338 5,600,754
5,414,796 5,657,420 5,416,797 5,659,569
5,710,784 5,778,338
Video recording and playback are based on MPEG-4.
This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 Visual
Patent Portfolio License for the personal and
non-commercial use of a consumer to (i) encode
video in compliance with the MPEG-4 Video
Standard ("MPEG-4 Video") and/or (ii) decode
MPEG-4 Video that was encoded by a consumer
engaged in a personal and noncommercial activity
and/or was obtained from a licensed video provider.
No license is granted or implied for any other use.
Additional information may be obtained from MPEG
LA.
See http://www.mpegla.com.
This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 Systems
Patent Portfolio License for encoding in compliance
with the MPEG-4 Systems Standard, except that an
additional license and payment of royalties are
necessary for encoding in connection with (i) data
stored or replicated in physical media which is paid
for on a title by title basis and/or (ii) data which is
paid for on a title by title basis and is transmitted to
an end user for permanent storage and/or use. Such
additional license may be obtained from MPEG LA,
LLC.
See http://www.mpegla.com for additional details.
Handset employs RSA® BSAFE=
software developed by RSA Security
Inc.
RSA is a registered trademark of
RSA Security Inc.
BSAFE is a registered trademark of
RSA Security Inc. in the United
States and/or other countries.
This product is equipped with
JBlend= designed to
accelerate the performance
of Java= Application.
Powered by JBlend=.
Copyright 1997-2008 Aplix
Corporation.
All rights reserved.
JBlend and JBlend-related brands are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Aplix Corporation in Japan
and other countries.
Java and Java-related brands are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in
the United States and other countries.
microSD= and miniSD= are trademarks of the SD
Card Association.
This product employs NetFront Browser (Internet
browser) and NetFront SMIL Player developed by
ACCESS Co., Ltd.
Copyrightc 1996-2008 ACCESS CO., Ltd.
ACCESS and NetFront are trademarks or registered
trademarks of ACCESS Co., Ltd. in Japan or other
countries.
This product includes a module developed by
Independent JPEG Group.
IrSimple=, IrSS= and IrSimpleShot= are
trademarks of the Infrared Data Association®.
xii
Safety Precautions
Bluetooth is a registered trademark of the Bluetooth
SIG, Inc.
The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by
the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
by SHARP is under license.
The frequency band utilized by handset Bluetooth®
function is shared with industrial, scientific or
medical equipment, including household microwave
ovens, etc., and used by radio stations, amateur
radio stations, etc. (hereafter "other radio stations").
1 Before using Bluetooth®, visually confirm that no
other radio stations sharing the same frequency
band are in use nearby.
2 Should interference occur between handset and
other radio stations, move or cancel Bluetooth®
function immediately.
3 For additional information and support, contact us
at the following number.
Disney Mobile Customer Center
From a Disney Mobile handset, call toll free at 157.
From landlines, call toll free at 0800-2222-157.
This radio station utilizes 2.4 GHz band with FHSS
modulation. Maximum transmission radius is
10 meters (32 feet).
Microsoft, PowerPoint and Excel are registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United
States and/or other countries.
Powered by Mascot Capsule®/Micro3D Edition=.
Mascot Capsule is a registered trademark of HI
Corporation.
c2002-2008 HI Corporation. All rights reserved.
FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology
developed by Sony Corporation.
FeliCa is a registered trademark of Sony Corporation.
m is a registered trademark of FeliCa Network, Inc.
Osaifu-Keitai is a registered trademark of NTT
DoCoMo, Inc.
QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO
WAVE INCORPORATED.
Document Viewer is enabled
by Picsel Technologies.
Picsel, Picsel Powered,
Picsel Viewer, Picsel File
Viewer, Picsel Document Viewer, Picsel PDF Viewer
and the Picsel cube logo are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Picsel Technologies Ltd.
Chaku-Uta and Chaku-Uta Full are registered
trademarks of Sony Music Entertainment (Japan) Inc.
BookSurfing® is a registered trademark of CELSYS
Inc., Voyager Japan, Inc. and INFOCITY Inc.
SOFTBANK, SoftBank and the SoftBank logo are
trademarks or registered trademarks of SOFTBANK
CORP. in Japan and other countries.
Yahoo! and the Yahoo! and Y! logos are trademarks
or registered trademarks of Yahoo! Inc.
CP8 PATENT
This product contains Adobe® Flash® Lite= player
software under license from Adobe Systems
Incorporated.
Adobe Flash Lite Copyright c 2003-2007 Adobe
Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved.
Adobe, Flash and Flash Lite are either registered
trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems
Incorporated in the United States and other
countries.
Video Call, S! Application, Custom Screen, Movie
Sha-mail, Sha-mail, 3D Pictogram, Multi Job,
Graphic Mail, Feeling Mail, Input Memory, S! Loop,
PC Site Browser, S! Quick News, S! Addressbook
Back-up, S! Circle Talk, S! Friend's Status,
Lifestyle-Appli, S! Familiar Usability, S! Music
Connect and Secure Remote Lock are trademarks
or registered trademarks of SOFTBANK MOBILE
Corp.
Other company and product names mentioned
herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of
their respective owners.
T-0840005
The Walt Disney Company (Japan) Ltd.
xiii
Safety Precautions
Specific Absorption Rate (SAR)
DM002SH meets the government's
requirements for exposure to radio waves.
These requirements are based on scientific basis to
assure that radio waves emitted from mobile phones
and other handheld wireless devices do not affect
human health. They require that the Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR), which is the unit of
measurement for the amount of radiofrequency
absorbed by the body, shall not exceed 2 W/kg*.
This limit includes a substantial safety margin
designed to assure the safety of all persons,
regardless of age or health, and meets the
international standard set by International
Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection
(ICNIRP) in cooperation with World Health
Organization (WHO).
All mobile phones, prior to product launch, must be
certified as compliant with government requirements
as stipulated by the Radio Law. DM002SH has been
granted Technical Regulations Conformity
Certification by TELECOM ENGINEERING
CENTER. Its highest SAR value is 0.929 W/kg. This
value was obtained by TELECOM ENGINEERING
CENTER as part of the certification process. SAR
tests were conducted with handset transmitting at its
highest certified power level in accordance with
testing methods set by the government. While there
may be differences between the SAR levels for
various handsets, they all meet the governmental
requirements for safe exposure. The actual SAR
level of the handset while operating can be well
below the highest value. This is because the
handset is designed to operate at multiple power
levels so as to use only the power required to reach
the Network.
xiv
Additional information on SAR can be obtained on
the following Websites.
Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications
http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/ele/index.htm
Association of Radio Industries and Businesses (ARIB)
http://www.arib-emf.org/initiation/sar.html (Japanese)
*Requirements are stipulated in Radio Law
(Ordinance Regulating Radio Equipment, Article
14-2).
Handset Parts................................. 1-2
Display ............................................ 1-4
Indicators ......................................... 1-4
Viewing Display ............................... 1-6
Charging Battery............................ 1-7
Power On/Off .................................. 1-8
Handset Power On/Off..................... 1-8
Keypad Lock .................................. 1-9
My Details..................................... 1-10
My Number.....................................1-10
Mobile Manners............................ 1-11
Security Codes ............................ 1-12
1
Getting Started
1-1
Handset Parts
1
Handset Parts
Getting Started
6
1
2
3
7
8
5
9
a
4
c
b
d
e
f
g
h
i
1-2
1 Earpiece
2 Small Light
3 Display
4 Microphone
5 Headphone Port (with Port Cover)
6 Strap Eyelet
7 Memory Card Slot (with Slot Cover)
8 Infrared Port
9 Charging Terminals
a External Device Port (with Port Cover)
b Internal Antenna Location
c External Camera (lens cover)
d Portrait/Macro Selector
e External Display
f Speaker
g Antenna (for TV reception)
h m Logo
i Battery Cover
. Do not cover or place stickers, etc. over
Internal Antenna area.
. Replace Port/Slot Cover after Port/Slot use.
. Avoid metallic straps; Antenna sensitivity
may be affected.
Display Positions
Handset Closed
Handset is closed.
Handset Open
Handset is open. Place or
answer calls, enter text, etc.
When Carrying Handset
. Keep Display closed to avoid damaging
the handset/Display.
Handset Parts
Handset Keys
1
2
3
4
5
c
6
d
7
8
9
e
f
a
b
g
h
i
j
e Multi Selector (down) b
Open Phone Book. Long Press to create
new Phone Book entries.
f TV/Text Key &
Activate TV. Long Press to open Change
Menu window.
g # Key #
Long Press to activate/cancel Manner
mode.
1
Getting Started
Keys are indicated in this guide as shown.
1 Multi Selector (right) d
Open Received Calls.
2 Multi Selector (up) a
Open Standby Window.
3 Center Key %
Open Main Menu. Long Press to activate/
cancel Keypad Lock.
4 Multi Selector (left) c
Open Dialled Numbers.
5 Mail Key B
Open Messaging menu. Long Press to
open E Mail Composition window.
6 Start Key !
Open All Calls.
7 Clear/Back Key $
Play Answer Phone messages. Long
Press to activate/cancel Answer Phone.
8 Shortcuts & A/a Key '
Open Shortcuts menu.
9 Keypad 0 - 9
Enter numbers to place calls or access
functions (Quick Operations). Long Press
to use function shortcuts.
a n Key (
Long Press to open My Status.
b Multi Job/Manner Key )
Toggle handset modes. Long Press to
activate/cancel Manner mode.
c D Key A
Open Disney Web portal. Long Press to
open Disney Web menu.
d Power On/Off Key "
Toggle Standby display. Long Press to
turn handset power off.
Side Keys
h S! Circle Talk Key D
Open: Use S! Circle Talk.
i Volume Up Key E
Open: Increase Earpiece Volume.
Closed: Scroll External Display indicators.
Long Press to check e-money balance.
j Volume Down Key F
Open: Decrease Earpiece Volume.
Closed: Scroll External Display indicators.
1-3
Display
Indicators
1
Getting Started
[ Notifications
Display Indicators
[ Basic Status
1
2
3
1 * Signal strength*
2 " Packet transmission available
Battery strength (} may
3 w
appear instead.)
*
The more bars the better.
1
2
3
1
2
3
[ Function Status
1
2
1
2
3
4
1-4
3
4
F
<
g
H
7
8
O
Active S! Application
Paused S! Application
Music playback in progress
TV recording in progress
Memory Card in use
Memory Card formatting
TV Timer/TV Recording Timer set
Music playback in progress (via
r
Bluetooth®)
7 Multiple functions (Multi Job) active
4
5
6
[ Transmissions
4
5
6
C Unread mail
B Unread Delivery Report
Answer Phone active & message
:
recorded
Answer Phone canceled &
l
message recorded
N New Voicemail
5 Unread S! Quick News info
9 Software Update result
S Contents Key received
Unread S! Friend's Status
e
notification
3 4
1
2
3
4
[ Warnings
3
1
2
5
1
2
3
A Mail memory low
O Message delivery failure
Memory Card unusable/
;
misinserted
5
1
2
Waiting/packet transmission in
B
progress
M SSL browsing in progress
4 Packet transmission protocol ready
C Receiving mail
D Sending mail
D S! Friend's Status online
S! Friend's Status registration
d
request received
8 Software Update in progress
% Infrared transmission ready
I USB Cable connected
: USB transmission in progress
f Infrared transmission in progress
g Bluetooth® transmission ready
h Bluetooth® transmission in progress
h Bluetooth® talk in progress
S! Addressbook Back-up
9
transmission in progress
C PC Site Browser in use
Display
[ Settings
4567
[ Warnings
1
1
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
a
b
[ Offline Mode active
L Answer Phone active
Call Forwarding or Voicemail active
M
(forwarding condition: Always)
I Hour Minder active
P Alarm set
s Schedule (Alarm set)
t Schedule (Alarm unset)
Q Show Secret Data active
$
R
a
b
`
J
#
,
H
Password Lock active
Ringtone (Silent)
Ringtone (Increasing Volume)
Vibration active
Keypad Lock active
Manner mode active
Drive mode active
Original mode active
IC Card Lock active
Auto Answer or Remote Monitor
c
active
1
[ Basic Status
1 a Signal strength*
2 b Battery strength
*
l Message delivery failure
[ Handset Status
Getting Started
1
2
3
External Display Indicators
8
9
a
b
1 2 3 4
The more bars the better.
[ Notifications
1 2 3 4
5 6 7
1
2
3
c Missed Calls
d Answer Phone message recorded
e Missed Call Notification
4
5
6
7
f
g
h
i
New Voicemail
New mail
New Delivery Report
Contents Key received
5 6 7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
n
o
p
q
k
l
Alarm
Schedule Alarm
Task Alarm
Bluetooth® Notification
TV Alarm (watch)
TV Alarm (record)
Unread S! Friend's Status
t
notification
1-5
Display
1
Viewing Display
Getting Started
Standby
Menu Navigation
Handset powers on and enters Standby.
Select an item and press % to open it;
press $ to return.
Indicators (signal strength,
battery strength, etc.)
appear.
{
1w
{
NDy
$
"
Missed Calls,
new mail, etc.
1w
"
+4C
%
1-6
Q
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
R
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
S
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
T言語選択
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
U
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
W
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
X
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Press " to return to Standby from function windows, menus, etc.
+4C
. Select an item and press %
to open it.
xC#
F
F
Information Window
1w
O
e% ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
P
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
%
$
Information window
opens at the bottom.
. Information label and count
appear in Information window.
{
1w
Messaging
#
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
F
1w
C
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
C
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
y
z
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
B
%
A
Softkeys
Functions/operations
assigned to B, % and A
appear at the bottom.
Display Saving & Backlight
. Display goes dark after Display
Saving time elapses. Press
0 - 9 to activate it.
For Information List
% S e Phone S % S e
Information S %
Clearing Information List
[Information List] B S
Reset S % S e Yes S %
Charging Battery
Charging Battery
. Use specified AC Charger ZTDAA1 (sold
separately) only. In this guide, ZTDAA1 is
referred to as "AC Charger."
. Handset and AC Charger may warm during
charging.
AC 100V Outlet
Blades
AC Charger
External
Device Port
1 Open Port Cover as shown
2 Connect AC Charger
. With arrows up, insert connector until
it clicks.
3 Extend blades
Release
Tabs
. Pull AC Charger straight out.
6 Disconnect handset
. Squeeze release tabs to remove
connector.
7 Fold back blades and
replace Port Cover
Small Light
Port Cover
Arrows
5 Unplug AC Charger
Getting Started
Battery must be inserted in handset to
charge it.
1
Charger Connector
Important AC Charger Usage Notes
. Fold back blades after charging.
. Do not pull, bend or twist the cord.
4 Plug AC Charger into AC
outlet
. Small Light illuminates red while
charging.
. Small Light goes out when battery is
full.
When Small Light Flashes
. Battery is unchargeable; may be defective
or simply at the end of its life; replace it.
USB Charge
. Connect handset (with power on) to PC
via USB Cable to charge battery.
Advanced
1(Disabling USB Charge
(P.13-17)
1-7
Power On/Off
1
Handset Power On/Off
Getting Started
Power On
Follow these steps when powering on
DM002SH for the first time.
4 e Yes or No S %
{
mw
1 " (Long)
{
. After Power On Graphic, follow the
steps below.
"S"S%SbS%S
e 設定 S % S e Language S %
S e English S % S " (Long) S
" (Long) S Change Menu window
opens
2 e Select option S %
Guide descriptions are based on
Standard Menu.
{
mw
Your Last Name:
G
X/XX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. My Details setup starts.
3 Enter last name S % S
Enter first name S %
. Change Menu display option
confirmation appears.
Advanced
1(Date & Time
1-8
(P.13-2) (Network (P.13-17)
Retrieving Network Information
Handset initiates Network Information
retrieval when B, % or A is pressed for
the first time.
mw
Retrieve NW Info
Get the latest
provisioning and
update?
Yes
Standby
. Choose No to enter Standby
immediately after powering on.
When USIM Card is Not Installed
. Insert USIM Card appears; insert the
card to use handset.
No
. Choose Yes and press %.
. Retrieve Network Information to use
Network-related services and TV; retrieval
automatically sets Clock.
Power Off
1 " (Long)
. After Power Off Graphic, handset
shuts down.
Keypad Lock
Keypad Lock
1
1 % (Long)
{
`
1w
Getting Started
Lock handset keys and prevent accidental
operation/function activation.
Keypad is locked:
press and hold F
to unlock.
. Keypad Lock activates.
When Keypad Lock is Active
. Incoming calls temporarily cancel
Keypad Lock. To answer a call, press !.
Keypad lock reactivates after the call.
. " does not turn off handset power.
Canceling Keypad Lock
% (Long)
1-9
My Details
1
My Number
Getting Started
1%S0
{
1w
XXXX
XXXX
l
m
n
b090392XXXX5
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
u<Add New Entry>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. Handset phone number and the
name entered at initial setup appear.
Editing My Details
After 1, A S e Select item (except
Tel 1:) S % S Edit S A
Clearing My Details
After 1, B S e Reset My Details S
% S e Yes S %
1-10
Mobile Manners
Mobile Manners
. Turn it off in theaters, museums and other
places where silence is the norm.
. Refrain from using it in restaurants, hotel
lobbies, elevators, etc.
. Observe signs and instructions regarding
handset use aboard trains, etc.
. Refrain from use that interrupts the flow of
pedestrian or vehicle traffic.
Manner Mode
Offline Mode
Mutes most handset function sounds.
1 ) (Long)
{
J1w
Manner mode
selected.
. Manner mode is set.
When Manner Mode is Active
. Ringtones and other sounds are muted.
. DM002SH vibrates for transmissions/alerts.
. Shutter click still sounds at fixed volume.
Canceling Manner Mode
) (Long)
Temporarily suspends all transmissions.
1 % S e Settings S %
S f Network Settings
Getting Started
Please use your handset responsibly. Use
these basic tips as a guide. Inappropriate
handset use can be both dangerous and
bothersome. Please take care not to
disturb others when using your handset.
Adjust handset use according to your
surroundings.
1
2 e Offline Mode S %
3 e On S %
)[
1w
Offline Mode
O On
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o Off
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Offline Mode
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
enabled.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. Offline Mode is set.
Canceling Offline Mode
In 3, e Off S %
Advanced
1(Selecting a handset mode
(Customizing handset modes (P.13-2)
1-11
Security Codes
1
Security Codes
Getting Started
These codes are required for handset use.
. Write down Security Codes.
. Do not reveal Security Codes. Disney
Mobile is not liable for misuse or damages.
Handset
Code
Center
Access
Code
Network
Password
9999 by default; use or
change some functions
4-digit code selected at
contract; access Optional
Services via landlines or
change contract details
4-digit code selected at
contract; restrict incoming/
outgoing calls (Call Barring)
Change Network Password as needed.
Incorrect Code Entry
. Handset code is incorrect! appears; try
again.
. If Network Password is incorrectly
entered three times consecutively, Call
Barring settings are locked. To resolve,
Network Password and Center Access
Code must be changed.
Changing Handset Code
1 % S e Settings S %
{
1w
Phone Settings
NDy xC#
OMode
Settings
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
PDisplay
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 f Phone Settings S e
Locks S %
{
{
1w
Change Handset Code
Enter New Code:
5 Enter new Handset Code
S%
{
1w
1w
PIN Entry
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Off
Change PIN2
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Password Lock
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Off
IP Service Setting
On
Phone Book Lock
Off
History Lock
Off
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e Chng Handset Code S %
1w
Change Handset Code
Enter Current Code:
1-12
S%
Change Handset Code
Locks
{
4 Enter current Handset Code
Retype Code:
6 Re-enter new Handset Code
S%
Menu Operations............................ 2-2
User Dictionary ............................ 2-15
Handset Menus ............................... 2-2
Saving Frequently Used Words ......2-15
Multi Job ......................................... 2-3
Phone Book.................................. 2-16
Toggling Active Functions ................ 2-3
Simple Menu................................... 2-4
Creating Phone Book Entries .........2-16
Using Phone Book Entries .............2-18
Using Simplified Menus ................... 2-4
Mail Groups .................................. 2-19
Font Size ......................................... 2-5
Creating Groups for Broadcast Mail ....2-19
Changing Font Size ......................... 2-5
Data Folder ................................... 2-20
Standby Display Options............... 2-6
Custom Screens............................. 2-8
Opening Files .................................2-21
Managing Files & Folders...............2-22
Custom Screens (Japanese) ........... 2-8
Memory Card................................ 2-23
Handset Responses....................... 2-9
Using Memory Card .......................2-23
Customizing Handset Responses ...... 2-9
Additional Functions ................... 2-25
Text Entry...................................... 2-10
2
Basic Operations
Characters ..................................... 2-10
Entering Characters....................... 2-11
Editing Characters ......................... 2-14
2-1
Menu Operations
Handset Menus
2
Basic Operations
In Standby, access functions from Main Menu or via Quick Operations/Shortcuts.
In this guide, most operations start from Main Menu.
{
1w
Messaging
Camera
Main Menu
Shortcuts
Press % to open Main Menu
(gateway to functions).
Long Press 1 - 9 to
access assigned functions.
. Select an item and press % to
open Sub Menus.
. Press ' to view shortcuts.
. Change shortcuts as needed.
Data Folder
Customize
A
10
Shortcuts
yMain Menu
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
uEnter Number
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
!!Received Msg.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
""Create Message
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
#EBookmarks
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
$tCalendar
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
%vPhone Book
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
&&Data Folder
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
'wCalculator
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
(vAlarms
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
F
F
A
Quick Operations
Enter numbers to access
functions.
10
Enter Number
G:Call
GR:Video Call
I:Calculator
r:Expenses Memo
q:Calendar
J:Alarm
. To activate functions, press the
corresponding key.
1111
Options
2-2
Call
Cancel
Multi Job
Toggling Active Functions
1 In a function window, '
3 To toggle active windows, )
{
{
Expenses Memo
S
)
s
1w
Shortcuts
1w
Add New Expense
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Totals
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Edit Category
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
In text entry/dial windows, Long Press '.
yMain Menu
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
uEnter Number
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
!!Received Msg.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
""Create Message
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
#EBookmarks
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
$tCalendar
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
%vPhone Book
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
&&Data Folder
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
'wCalculator
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
(vAlarms
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7
{
7
2
Basic Operations
Access a function in Shortcuts menu
while another is active. (Multi Job)
Multi Job may not be activated from some
menus/windows (e.g., when selecting
ringtone/ringvideo, etc.).
1w
Received Msg.
7Received Folder
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7Folder 1
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7Folder 2
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7Folder 3
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4 " S Multi Job ends
. When a confirmation appears, follow
onscreen prompts.
2 e Select function S %
{
7
1w
Received Msg.
7Received Folder
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7Folder 1
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7Folder 2
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7Folder 3
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. Menu/window opens.
Advanced
0 (Customizing Shortcuts
(P.2-25)
2-3
Simple Menu
Using Simplified Menus
2
Basic Operations
Activate Simple Menu to reduce available
handset functions and simplify menus.
Messaging
Phone
Camera
Convenient Tool
Data Folder
TV
2-4
Received Msg.
Create Msg.
Drafts
Templates
Sent Messages
Unsent Msg.
Create SMS
Phone Book
Add New Entry
Play Messages
Answer Phone
Call VM
My Details
Speed Dial
Calendar
Alarms
Calculator
Assignment
S! Friend's Status
S! Circle Talk
Change Menu
-
Activating Simple Menu
1 & (Long)
{
1w
Change Menu
o Simple Menu
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
O Standard Menu
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o Large Font Menu
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Simple Menu S %
While Simple Menu is Active
. Fonts are enlarged and appear in bold.
. Clock is enlarged (Calendar is hidden).
While Using Functions Not Available in
Simple Menu
. Simple Menu activation is disabled. End
the function and retry.
Key Assignments
& (Long)
" (Long)
A
B
B (Long)
!
c
d
a
b
b (Long)
) (Long)
Change menu interface
Turn handset on/off
Use Disney Web
Open Messaging menu
Create E Mail message
Open All Calls
Open Dialled No.
Open Received Calls
Open Calendar
Open Phone Book
Create Phone Book entry
Activate/cancel Manner mode
% (Long)
$
$ (Long)
Activate/cancel Keypad Lock
Play Answer Phone messages
Activate/cancel Answer Phone
Canceling Simple Menu
1 & (Long)
2 e Standard Menu S %
Font Size
Changing Font Size
Enlarging All Fonts
Customizing Font Sizes
{
1w
Shortcuts
Main Menu
yMain
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Enter Numb...
Numb...
uEnter
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Received M...
M...
!!Received
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Create Mes...
Mes...
""Create
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Bookmarks
#EBookmarks
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Calendar
$tCalendar
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Phone Book
%vPhone
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Data Folder
&&Data
1 & (Long)
F
Change Menu
o Simple Menu
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
O Standard Menu
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o Large Font Menu
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Large Font Menu S %
Canceling Large Font Menu
In 2, e Standard Menu S %
1 % S e Settings S %
S f Phone Settings
2 e Display S %
3 e Font Settings S %
{
1w
Font Settings
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Font Weight
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Normal
Font Size
1 In Font Settings menu, e
Font Weight S %
{
1w
Font Weight
o Thin
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
O Normal
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o Bold
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Basic Operations
Activate Large Font Menu to enlarge fonts
for menus, text entry, etc. as follows:
2
Changing Font Weight
2 e Select weight S %
Font Settings Menu
4 e Font Size S % S e
Select item S %
{
1w
General
o Small
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
O Standard
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o Large
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5 e Select size S %
2-5
Standby Display Options
Standby Display Options
2
Standby Window (Japanese)
Basic Operations
In Standby, view S! Quick News or
Calendar, access shortcut icons, and more.
Standby Window Panels
[ Shortcut Panel
1a
! "#
[ Calendar/Tag Panel
Options
2A
F
Switch
Standby Window
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat
X
1w
Standby Window Menu
[ News Panel
【 】
2 e Display Panel S % S
e Select panel S % (n/p)
SA
F
. Panels with p (checked) appear in
Standby Window.
Switch
. Press A to toggle panels.
(Long Press A to toggle
panels in reverse.)
3 g Select item S %
4 " S Standby Window closes
Advanced
0 (Changing Display Option
2-6
e Standby Window S %
Standby Window
Display Window
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Display Panel
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XXXX
Options
Panel Selection
1 In Standby Window, B S
{
X
XXXX
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat
Selecting Panel Items
[Shortcut Panel]/[Calendar/Tag Panel]
B S e Select Item S % S e
Select item S % (n/p) S A
, To the left is an example of Shortcut
Panel with all items checked (p).
(P.2-25)
[ Member Panel
ごきげん
ごきげん
Standby Display Options
Using Tags
1 In Calendar/Tag Panel, e
2 Enter text S %
{
Slide Show Wallpaper
1 % S e Settings S %
S f Phone Settings
1w
Birthday
2 e Display S %
3 e Wallpaper S %
{
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat
X
XXXX
1w
Wallpaper
Preset Pictures
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Pictures
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
DCIM
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Flash
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Slide W paper
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Other Documents
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Custom Screen
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
0
Checking/Unchecking Tags
a S e Select tag S B S e Check
Note or Uncheck S %
, Checked tag (with P) turns gray.
Deleting Tag Notes
a S e Select tag S B S e Delete
Note S %
. To delete all checked tags, follow these
steps.
a S B S e Delete Checked Note
S%
Wallpaper Menu
4 e Preset Pictures S %
S e Select image S %
Using Data Folder Images
In 4, e (select folder) S % S g
Select image S % S %
, For images smaller or larger than
Display, follow these steps.
e Select option S % S %
Selecting Images with Limited Usage Period
. A confirmation appears. Choose Yes and
press % to proceed.
Set Slide Show to appear in Standby.
Some images may not appear.
1 In Wallpaper menu, e Slide
W paper S %
{
1w
Slide W paper
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Pattern Setting
XXXXX
Folder Setting
XXXXX
2
Basic Operations
(select row with N) S %
Wallpaper
Some files may not be usable.
2 e Folder Setting S %
3 e Pictures or DCIM S %
4 g Select sub folder S %
S g Set this folder S %
. Omit steps for sub folder if none.
If There is No Image in Set Folder
. Preset images appear.
Using Preset Images
In 3, e Preset Pictures S %
Changing Pattern
In 2, e Pattern Setting S % S e
Select pattern S %
Advanced
1(Display Settings
(P.13-3 - 13-4)
2-7
Custom Screens
Custom Screens (Japanese)
2
Downloading Custom Screens
Basic Operations
Follow these steps to download a Custom
Screen using handset.
Read information (price, etc.) on Custom
Screen download page.
1 % S e Data Folder S %
S e Custom Screens S %
{
1w
Custom Screens
Comic Style
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
D
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Download Download
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
B C
Custom Screens Menu
2 g Download Custom
Screens S %
Purchasing Contents Keys
Contents Key may be required to use
fee-based Custom Screen.
1 In Custom Screens menu, g
(select Custom Screen) S B
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Options
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Change to MemoryCard
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Apply
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Web Access
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Activate
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. Select one with L.
2 e Activate S %
3 e Yes S %
. Read through terms of service and
follow onscreen instructions.
. Disney Web Main Menu appears.
3 g お楽しみコンテンツ S %
. Follow onscreen instructions.
Advanced
0 (Accessing Source Sites
2-8
(Loading Legacy Model Interface (P.2-25)
Custom Screen Setup
1 In Custom Screens menu,
g (select Custom Screen)
S%
{
1w
Custom Screens Genre
Custom Screens Title
. Select one without L.
2%S%
Applying Preset Custom Screens
% S e Settings S % S f Phone
Settings S e Custom Screens S %
S e Preset Screens S % S e
Select pattern S %
Handset Responses
Customizing Handset Responses
Ringtone
S f Phone Settings
2 e Sounds & Alerts S %
{
1w
Sounds & Alerts
Volume
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Ringtone/videos
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Sounds
& Alerts Menu
5 e Select
folder S %
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Time Signal 2
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Time Signal 3
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XXXXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XXXXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6 g Select tone/file S %
3 e Ringtone/videos S %
{
For For New Message, etc., select
Assign Tone and press %.
1w
Ringtone/videos
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
For Voice Call
XXX
For Video Call
XXX
For New Message
XXX
S! Friend's Status
XXXXXXXX
S! Circle Talk
XXXXXXXX
) Missed Calls
XXXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Playing Video for Incoming Transmissions
In 5, e Videos S % S g Select
file S %
If Portion of File Content is Specifiable
. Start point selection window opens.
Follow these steps to proceed.
After 6, e (select start point) S %
Selecting Files with Limited Usage Period
. A confirmation appears. Choose Yes and
press % to proceed.
Ringtone/videos Menu
2
Vibration
1 In Sounds & Alerts menu,
e Vibration S %
2 e Select item S % S e
Switch On/Off S %
{
1w
Basic Operations
1 % S e Settings S %
4 e Select item S %
Switch On/Off
o On
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o Link to Sound
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
O Off
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e On S %
4 e Vibration Pattern S %
. To check vibration patterns, select
one and press B.
5 e Select pattern S %
Setting Ringtones to Control Vibration
In 3, e Link to Sound S %
Precaution
. Cancel Vibration when charging battery
to help avoid accidents.
Advanced
0 (Setting Incoming Mail Ring Time
(P.2-25)
1(Handset Response
(System Sound (Additional Sound Setting
(P.13-5)
2-9
Text Entry
Characters
2
Basic Operations
Unless noted otherwise, text entry
descriptions are for text entry windows.
{
2 e Select mode S %
. Entry Mode Indicators:
A
B/C
1w
Message:
G
X/XXK
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
D/E
Text Entry Window
(Message Text)
F/G
H
I
Opening Help
B S e Help S %
Switching Entry Modes
1&
{
1w
Message:
G
X/XXK
Kanji (hiragana)
Single/double-byte katakana
Double-byte alphanumerics
(upper/lower case)
Single-byte alphanumerics
(upper/lower case)
Single-byte number
Character Code
Character Entry Basics
Use Keypad to enter characters. Multiple
characters are assigned to each key.
Press a key to toggle between character
options for that key.
Example: In double-byte katakana entry,
press 1 three times.
1
Y
Input Mode
o アイウ
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o ｱｲｳ
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o Ａｂｃ
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
O Abc
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o 123
. Available entry modes appear.
2-10
■
1
Y
イ
■
ア
■
1
Y
ウ
■
Press ! to toggle options in reverse.
To enter characters assigned to the same
key, press d first.
Example: In single-byte alphanumerics
mode, enter no.
66
Y
n
d
Y
666
Y no
n
Long Press a key to enter the current
character and advance cursor.
66
Y
6 (Long)
Y
n
n
666
Y
no
Text Entry
Entering Characters
Hiragana
Kanji
1 333 (す) S d S
Convert すずき to 鈴木.
1 Enter すずき and press b
{
333 (す) S ( (ず)
S 22 (き)
{
A
X/XXK
鈴木
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
08鈴木
02鈴切
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
07スズキ
01すずき
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
1w
Message:
2%
1w
Message:
A
X/XXK
すずき すずきすずきずき
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. In kanji (hiragana) mode, word
suggestions change as hiragana is
entered. (Predictive)
2 g 鈴木
Enter the first hiragana to access
previously selected words.
Example: 鈴木 was previously selected
after conversion.
1 333 (す) S b
{
1w
Message:
. To exit suggestion list, press $.
3%
One-Hiragana Conversion
2
Basic Operations
Follow these steps to enter すずき in kanji
(hiragana) mode.
When Target Word is Not Listed
. Press B or A to segment hiragana to
convert separately.
Phonetic Conversion
Enter reading in hiragana S B
Selecting Multiple Converted Words
'
. Words likely to follow the entry
appear based on previous entries.
(Previous Usage)
A
X/XXK
鈴木
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
95鈴木
90すべて
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 g Select word/phrase S %
Advanced
0 (Inserting Line Breaks
(Inserting Spaces (Using Character Codes
(Using Pager Code (Clearing Conversion Log (P.2-26)
1(Disabling suggestions based on entered characters
(Disabling
suggestions based on entered words (Showing suggestions in single
column (P.13-6)
2-11
Text Entry
Katakana
2
Symbols & Disney Pictograms
Basic Operations
Follow these steps to change entry mode
from kanji (hiragana) to double-byte
katakana and enter ジュン.
1 & S e アイウ S %
{
1w
Message:
B
X/XXK
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 33 (シ) S ( (ジ) S
88 (ユ) S ' (ュ ) S
000 (ン) S %
{
1w
Message:
B
X/XXK
ジュン
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
May be unavailable depending on entry
mode.
Emoticons
1 B S e Emoticons S %
{
1(
{
1w
Message:
A
X/XXK
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Log g=MyPict
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ーーーーーーーーーーーー
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. In single-byte modes, Symbol List
appears. To open Disney Pictogram
List, press B.
2 A or B S List toggles
3 g Select Symbol/Disney
Pictogram S %
1w
Emoticons
1(^0^)
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2o(^-^)o
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3(^0^)/
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4p(^^)q
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5(>_<)
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Select emoticon S %
Alternative Emoticon Entry Method
. In kanji (hiragana) mode, enter かお or a
descriptive word such as わーい or うーん,
then convert the entry.
EmoticonWordLink
. Immediately after inserting a descriptive
word such as 嬉しい or 悲しい,
corresponding emoticons may appear in
the suggestion list.
. Disney Pictograms are double-byte
even in single-byte modes.
4 $ S List closes
Advanced
0 (Inserting Phone Book Entry Items
(Undo Conversion or Recover
Deleted Characters (Changing Font Size (Clearing Symbol/Disney
Pictogram Log (P.2-26)
2-12
1(Hiding emoticons in suggestion list
suggestion list (P.13-6)
(Lowering type priorities in
Text Entry
Mail & Web Extensions
Enter .co.jp, http://, etc., easily.
S%
{
1w
Quick Address List
[email protected]
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
[email protected]
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Select extension S %
. Extensions are single-byte even in
double-byte entry modes.
Enter katakana and alphanumerics in
kanji (hiragana) mode.
Example: To enter PTA
Use key inscriptions.
1 782 S A
{
1w
Message:
A
X/XXK
マヤカ きずき
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
0 マヤカ
6 ｐｔａ
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
1 ﾏﾔｶ
7 pta
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 ７８２
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 782
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4 ＰＴＡ
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 g Select word/phrase S %
Quick Conversion (for Hiragana)
A list of word suggestions appears based
on the key pressed.
Example: To enter 終電
1 3 (さ) S 8 (や) S
1 (あ) S 4( (だ) S
0 (わ) S a
{
1w
2
Basic Operations
1 B S e Quick Address List
Hiragana to Katakana/
Alphanumeric Conversion
Message:
A
X/XXK
終電
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 g Select word/phrase S %
One Hiragana Predictive Entry
. Enter hiragana and initiate Quick
Conversion. Words starting with a
hiragana in the same row appear.
(Suggestions are preset by time blocks.)
One Hiragana Word Call
. Enter the first hiragana of entries you
used Quick Conversion for and press a.
2-13
Text Entry
Editing Characters
2
Deleting & Editing
Basic Operations
Follow these steps to correct また、お願
いします to また明日お願いします.
1 g Select 、(character to
delete)
{
1w
Message:
A
2$
X/XXK
また、 お願いします
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Copy/Cut & Paste
{
1w
Message:
A
X/XXK
またお願いします
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. The highlighted character is deleted.
3 g Select target location S
Enter characters
{
1w
Message:
A
X/XXK
また明日お願いします
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2-14
Recovering Deleted Characters
. Press ! once for each character after
deletion. (Not available for Graphic Mail.)
Deleting All Text
. Long Press $ at the end of text. To
delete characters after cursor, select the
first character of text and Long Press $.
Jumping to the End or Top of Text
B S e Cursor Position S % S e
Jump to End or Jump to Top S %
1 B S e Cut or Copy S %
S g Select first character
S%
{
1w
Cut
X/XXK
また明日お願いします
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. To change the start point, press A.
2 g Highlight text range S %
{
1w
Message:
A
X/XXK
明日お願いします
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Cut
3 g Select target location S
( (Long)
. Text is entered.
Pasting Previously Cut/Copied Text
g Select target location S B S e
Paste S % S e Select text S %
, Available when Paste List appears.
User Dictionary
Saving Frequently Used Words
Saving Words (Japanese)
1 % S e Settings S %
S f Phone Settings S e
User Dictionary S %
{
1w
User Dictionary
New Entry
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Saved Word List
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Acquire Dictionary
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
User
Dictionary Menu
2 e New Entry S % S Enter
word S %
{
1w
Reading
A
X/X
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 Enter reading S %
Download specialized DM002SH
Download Dictionaries from the Internet.
Activate dictionaries to improve handset
character conversion. Dictionary words
appear among suggestions.
Some dictionary files may not be usable.
2
Basic Operations
Saved words appear among suggestions.
DM002SH Download Dictionary
(Japanese)
1 In User Dictionary menu, e
Acquire Dictionary S %
2 e Select number S % S
g Select dictionary S %
. Existing dictionary is replaced.
Canceling Dictionary
In 2, e (select dictionary) S B S
e Cancel S %
Viewing Dictionary Information
In 2, e (select dictionary) S B S
e Info S %
Advanced
0 (Editing Entries
(Deleting Entries (P.2-26)
2-15
Phone Book
Creating Phone Book Entries
2
Basic Operations
Enter a name, phone number and mail
address (enter at least one of these items)
and classify the entry.
1 % S e Phone S % S e
Add New Entry S %
{
1w
New Entry
N
Last Name:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
First Name:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Reading(Last Name):
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Last Name: S % S
Enter last name S %
S e First Name: S %
S Enter first name S %
{
1w
New Entry
N
Last Name:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Ueda
First Name:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Mikio
Reading(Last Name):
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Ueda
. Characters entered for names
(reading for kanji) appear.
3 e Add Phone Number: S %
S Enter phone number S %
S e Select type S %
{
New Entry
2-16
(P.2-27)
{
1w
New Entry
N
Add Phone Number:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Email 1:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
[email protected]
Add Email Address:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
N
First Name:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Mikio
Reading(Last Name):
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Ueda
Reading(First Name):
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Mikio
Category:
AFriends
Address:
Tel 1:
N090392XXXX1
Add Phone Number:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Homepage:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4 e Add Email Address: S
Phone Book Entry Window
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. To save
additional phone numbers,
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
repeat 3.
% S Enter mail address S
% S e Select type S %
{
1w
New Entry
N
Reading(First Name):
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Mikio
Tel 1:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
N090392XXXX1
Add Phone Number:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Email 1:
[email protected]
Add Email Address:
. To save additional mail addresses,
repeat 4.
Advanced
Select Category S %
1w
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
0 (Saving Other Information
5 e Category: S % S e
F
Save
6A
. Entry is saved to Phone Book.
Incoming Calls while Creating Entry
. Contents are temporarily saved. End the
call to return.
Phone Book Memory Status
% S e Phone S % S e Manage
Entries S % S e Memory Status
S%
Phone Book
Customizing Handset Responses
Picture
window, e Picture: S %
{
1w
Picture
Assign Picture
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Take Picture
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Remove Picture
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Assign Picture S % S
g Select image S %
Personal Ringtone
Set tone for calls from saved numbers.
1 In Phone Book entry
window, e (select item,
e.g., Tone/Video for Voice
Call:) S %
{
Select folder S %
3 g Select tone/file S %
Saving Numbers After Calls
After a call, save number to Phone Book.
Save this number
to your Phone
Book?
Saving Secret Entries
Restrict access to Phone Book entries by
saving them as Secret entries.
1 In Phone Book entry
window, e Secret: S %
{
1w
Secret
o On
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
O Off
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e On S %
Yes
No
1 When confirmation appears,
2
Basic Operations
1 In Phone Book entry
2 e Assign Tone S % S e
e Yes S %
Save to Phone Book
Yes
As New Entry
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
As New Detail
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
No
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e As New Entry S % S
Complete other fields S A
Accessing Secret Entries
b S B S e Unlock Temporarily S
% S Enter Handset Code S %
Saving to an Existing Entry
In 2, e As New Detail S % S g
Select entry S % S Complete other
fields S A
1w
For Voice Call
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Set Play Point
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Remove Tone/Video
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Assign Tone
Advanced
0 (Setting Captured Image as Picture
(Changing Light Color/Vibration
Pattern (Setting Incoming Mail Ring Time (Customizing Response
by Category (P.2-27)
1(Changing default storage media for new entries (Hiding confirmation
after calls with unsaved numbers (P.13-6)
2-17
Phone Book
Using Phone Book Entries
2
Dialing via Phone Book
Basic Operations
1 b S f Specify katakana row
{
1w
p HA MA YA RA WA Ab * P
N
BKimura Tetsuya
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
BKondo Koichi
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Entry
Search Window
. Search method: By a-ka-sa-ta-na
2 e Select entry S %
{
1w
Kondo
Koichi
l
m
n
R03123XXXX2
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
N090392XXXX3
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
[email protected]
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Entry Details
3 e Select phone number
4!
Changing Search Method
1 In entry search window, B S
e Ph.Book Settings S %
2 e Sort Entries S %
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Sort Entries
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o By Reading
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o By Category
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
O By a-ka-sa-ta-na
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e Select method S %
. Phone Book Search Methods:
Shows entries
that start with
specified Reading
Opens entries in
By Category
the specified
Category
Shows entries with
Readings that start
By a-ka-sa-ta-na
with katakana in
the specified row
By Reading
Opening from Other Functions
Example: Enter a recipient via Phone
Book when sending a message.
{
Select Recipient Window
1 e Phone Book S %
. Entry search window opens.
2 g Select entry S %
3 e Select phone number or
mail address S %
{
. Recipient is entered.
. Omit 3 if only one number or
address is saved.
Advanced
(Deleting
Phone Book Entries (Renaming Categories (Moving Categories
(P.2-27 - 2-28)
2-18
1w
Size XXXB
gE Mail
B Ueda Mikio
C
Enter Subject
CText
kAttach
＜E
T ＞
Using Other Options
After 3, % S e Select option S %
0 (Messaging via Phone Book (Editing Phone Book Entries
1w
Select Recipient
VPhone Book
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XSelect Group
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
1(Switching reference Phone Book
(P.13-6)
Mail Groups
Creating Groups for Broadcast Mail
1 % S e Phone S % S e
Mail Groups S %
{
1w
Mail Groups
<Add New Group>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Mail Group Entry Window
2 e <Add New Group> S %
S Enter name S %
3 e Select Group S %
4 <Assign New Entry> S %
S g Select entry S %
{
1w
Ueda
Mikio
N090392XXXX1
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
[email protected]
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5 e Select phone number or
2
Basic Operations
Create Mail Groups to send messages to
multiple recipients at one time.
mail address S %
{
1w
XXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Ueda Mikio
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
N090392XXXX1
. Omit^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5 if only one number or
<Assign New Entry>
address is saved.
. Repeat 4 - 5 to add members.
Advanced
0 (Renaming Mail Groups
(Deleting Mail Groups/Group Members
(Changing Mail Group Members (P.2-28)
2-19
Data Folder
Data Folder
2
Handset files are organized in folders by file format.
Basic Operations
[ Preset Folders
Contents
Pictures*
Still images
DCIM
Large still images on Memory Card (images
captured with save location set to SD(DCIM))
My Pictograms*
Downloaded Pictograms
Ring Songs·Tones* Downloaded melodies and other sound files
S! Appli*
S! Applications
Music*
Downloaded Chaku-Uta Full® files
Videos*
Video images
Lifestyle-Appli*
Lifestyle-Appli required to use Osaifu-Keitai®
Books*
Downloaded e-Books, etc.
Custom Screens*
Downloaded Custom Screen files
Flash®
Downloaded Flash® (animation) files
Flash® Ringtones
Downloaded Flash® ringtones
Other Documents
Other files (Dictionary files, etc.)
*Contains corresponding Disney Web menu shortcut.
Checking Memory Usage Status
% S e Data Folder S % S e Memory Status S % S e
Phone Memory or Memory Card S %
. Delete messages/files when memory is low. Handset performance
may be affected when memory is full.
2-20
Data Folder
Opening Files
{
3 e Select file S %
1w
All images in Pictures or DCIM folder
appear sequentially.
Data Folder
APictures
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
BDCIM
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
CMy Pictograms
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
dRing Songs･Tones
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
DS! Appli
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
cMusic
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. Unselectable files/folders appear in gray.
1 In file list, e (select file) S B
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Options
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Change to MemoryCard
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Move
>>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Copy
>>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Send
>>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Print
>>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Select folder S %
To open a sub folder, select it and
press %.
{
1w
Pictures
ImageXXX.jpg
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
)
Slide Show
. The content plays or appears.
. To return to file list, press $.
E Mail Attachments
After 2, e (select file) S B S e
Send S % S e As Message S %
, When a size list appears, select
attachment size and press %.
Copy Protected Files (K or L)
. Some functions may not be available.
File List
2
Basic Operations
1 % S e Data Folder S %
2 e Slide Show S %
. Slide Show starts.
3 % S Slide Show stops
Changing Interval
In 3, B S e Speed S % S e
Select speed S %
Viewing Images at Manual Speed
%/# (advance frames) or
( (reverse frames)
Advanced
0 (Switching File List View
(Using Files as Wallpaper (Using Files as
Ringtones (P.2-29)
2-21
Data Folder
Managing Files & Folders
2
Adding Folders
Basic Operations
1 % S e Data Folder S %
S e Select folder S %
2 B S e Manage Items S %
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Manage Items
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Sort
>>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Rename
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Create Folder
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Change List View
>>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Check All
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^
3 e Create Folder S % S
Enter name S %
Folder Name
. Assign different names to folders within a
layer.
Moving Files
Some files may not be moved.
1 In file list, g (select file) S B
2 e Move S % S e Phone
or Memory Card S %
3 g Select folder S %
4 g Move here S %
When Moving Files Used for Wallpaper
. A confirmation appears. Choose Yes and
press % to proceed.
Copying Files
[File List] g Select file S B S e
Copy S % S e Phone or Memory
Card S % S g Copy here S %
Advanced
0 (Renaming Files/Folders
(Sorting Files (Canceling Secret
(Deleting Files & Folders (P.2-29)
2-22
Selecting Multiple Files
1 In file list, g (select file) S A
. Repeat 1 as needed. (To uncheck,
select a file with P and press A.)
Hiding Folders
Restrict access to created folders.
Only handset folders can be hidden.
1 In file list, g (select folder)
SB
2 e Set Secret S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
Accessing Secret Folders
[File List] B S e Unlock
Temporarily S % S Enter Handset
Code S %
Memory Card
Using Memory Card
Precautions
. Do not force Memory Card into or out of
handset.
. When inserting/removing Memory Card,
do not touch terminals or expose them to
metal objects.
. microSD= Memory Card has no write
protect switch. Files may be accidentally
erased or overwritten.
. Disney Mobile is not liable for any damages
resulting from accidental loss/alteration of
information. Keep a copy of Phone Book
entries, etc. in a separate place.
Important Memory Card Usage Note
. Never remove Memory Card or battery
while files are being accessed.
Inserting & Removing
3 Close cover
Turn handset power off first.
1 Open cover
. Rotate to open cover.
2 Insert card
. Rotate to replace cover.
. If ; appears after powering on
handset, Memory Card may not be
inserted properly; reinsert the card.
2
Basic Operations
Use microSD= Memory Card (hereafter
"Memory Card") to save and organize files
for use on DM002SH.
Use recommended Memory Cards only.
For details, see P.14-21 "microSD=
Memory Card Compatibility."
Removing Memory Card
. Gently push in card and release it; card
pops out. Pull card straight out gently.
. With terminal side up, insert card
until it clicks.
. Do not insert other objects into
Memory Card Slot.
2-23
Memory Card
3 Enter Handset Code S %
Format Card
2
Basic Operations
When using a new Memory Card for the
first time, format it on the handset before
trying to save files, etc. Format Card
deletes all Memory Card files, even those
created on other devices.
1 % S e Settings S %
S f Connectivity S e
Memory Card S %
{
G
1w
Memory Card
Backup/Restore
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
DPOF
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
SD Local Contents
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Autorun
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Format Card
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Memory Status
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Format
Card S % S e
Yes S %
2-24
S e Yes S %
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Formatting... Do
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
not remove the card
Card
formatted
from
slot.へAdd
New
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
successfully!
Member要求
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
installed.Send(Sourc
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. To cancel, choose No and press %.
Important Memory Card Usage Notes
. Never remove Memory Card or battery
while formatting; may cause damage.
. Never remove Memory Card or battery
while files are being accessed.
. An improperly formatted Memory Card
may not function as it should with
DM002SH.
Opening Memory Card Files
1 % S e Data Folder S %
S e Select folder S %
2 B S e Change to
MemoryCard S %
Returning to Handset Data Folder
After 2, B S e Change to Phone
S%
Additional Functions
0 Display & Sounds
4[Standby Window Menu] P.2-6 [Custom Screens Menu] P.2-8 [Ringtone/videos Menu] P.2-9
G Customizing Shortcuts
[ Changing Default Shortcuts
' S e Select item S B S e
Assign S % S e Select menu item
S % S e Select new item S %
[ Changing Item Order
' S e Select item S B S e
Move S % S e Select target
location S %
Standby Window
G Changing Display Option
[ Showing Always
[Standby Window Menu] e
Display Window S % S e
Always On S %
[ Disabling Always
[Standby Window Menu] e
Display Window S % S e
Always Off S %
. Pressing a in Standby opens
Calendar.
Custom Screens
G Accessing Source Sites
[Custom Screens Menu] g Select
Custom Screen S B S e Web
Access S %
. Follow onscreen instructions.
G Loading Legacy Model Interface
[ Downloading S! Familiar Usability
[Custom Screens Menu] g
S! Familiar Usability S %
. Follow onscreen instructions.
[ S! Familiar Usability Setup
2
Basic Operations
User Shortcuts
[Custom Screens Menu] g Select
application S % S %
[ Canceling Temporarily
% S A S e 通常ﾒﾆｭｰ S %
[ Canceling S! Familiar Usability
% S A S e S!おなじみ操作解除
S % S e Yes S %
Ringtones
G Setting Incoming Mail Ring Time
[Ringtone/videos Menu] e For
New Message S % S e Duration
S % S Enter time S %
2-25
Additional Functions
0 Text Entry
2
Basic Operations
Character Entry
G Inserting Line Breaks
[ At the End of Text
[Text Entry Window] b
[ Mid-Entry
[Text Entry Window] # S e J
S%
G
. In katakana or alphanumerics mode, press
# three times to insert a line break.
Inserting Spaces
[Text Entry Window] d
G Using Character Codes
[Text Entry Window] In Character
Code mode, enter four digits
(P.14-12)
G Using Pager Code
[Text Entry Window] B S e
Input/Conversion S % S e Input
Method S % S e Pager Code S
% S Enter two digits (P.14-11)
2-26
4[Text Entry Window] P.2-10 [User Dictionary Menu] P.2-15
G Clearing Conversion Log
[Text Entry Window] B S e
Input/Conversion S % S e
Reset Learning S % S e Yes
S%
G Inserting Phone Book Entry Items
[Text Entry Window] B S e
Advanced S % S e Phone Book
S % S g Select entry or My
Details S % S e Select item
S%
G Undo Conversion or Recover
Deleted Characters
[Text Entry Window] B S e
Undo/Recover S %
G Changing Font Size
[Text Entry Window] B S e
Advanced S % S e Font Size S
% S e Select size S %
Symbol/Disney Pictogram
G Clearing
Log
[Text Entry Window] B S e
Input/Conversion S % S e Clear
Log S % S e Yes S %
User Dictionary
G Editing Entries
[User Dictionary Menu] e Saved
Word List S % S e Select word
S % S Edit S % S Edit reading
S % S e Yes S %
G Deleting Entries
[User Dictionary Menu] e Saved
Word List S % S e Select word
S B S e Yes S %
Additional Functions
0 Phone Book Entry Items
G Setting Captured Image as Picture
[Phone Book Entry Window] e
Picture: S % S e Take Picture
S % S Frame image on Display
S%S%
Light Color/Vibration
G Changing
Pattern
[ Light Color
[Phone Book Entry Window] e
Select item, e.g., Light for Voice
Call: S % S e Switch On/Off S
% S e Select option S % S e
Light Colour S % S e Select
color S %
. To return to Phone Book entry window,
press $.
[ Vibration Pattern
[Phone Book Entry Window] e
Select item, e.g., Vibration for New
Message: S % S e Switch On/
Off S % S e Select option S %
S e Vibration Pattern S % S e
Select pattern S %
G Saving Other Information
[ Address
[Phone Book Entry Window] e
Address: S % S e Select item
S % S Complete field S % S A
[ Homepage
[Phone Book Entry Window] e
Homepage: S % S Enter URL S
% S e Select type S %
[ Note
[Phone Book Entry Window] e
Note: S % S Enter text S %
[ Birthday
[Phone Book Entry Window] e
Birthday: S % S Enter date S %
G Setting Incoming Mail Ring Time
[Phone Book Entry Window] e
Tone/Video for New Message: S
% S e Duration S % S Enter
time S %
G Customizing Response by Category
% S g Phone S % S e
Category Control S % S e
Select Category S B S e Select
item S % S e Select item S %
S Customize responses S A
2
Basic Operations
Phone Book Entry
4[Phone Book Entry Window] P.2-16 [Entry Details] P.2-18
. Customize responses in the same way
as Phone Book entries.
. Available for Categories on handset.
. Handset response settings for Phone
Book entries take priority.
Using Entries
G Messaging via Phone Book
[ Phone Numbers
[Entry Details] e Select number
S % S e Create Message S %
S e E Mail or SMS S % S
Complete message S A
[ Mail Addresses
[Entry Details] e Select address
S % S Complete message S A
. Available for compatible ringtones.
. To return to Phone Book entry window,
press $.
2-27
Additional Functions
0 Phone Book Entries
2
Basic Operations
Managing Entries
G Editing Phone Book Entries
[Entry Search Window] g Select
entry S B S e Edit S % S e
Select item S % S Edit S %
SA
. Edit Reading after editing names.
G Deleting Phone Book Entries
[ One Entry
[Entry Search Window] g Select
entry S B S e Delete S % S
e Yes S %
[ All Entries
% S e Phone S % S e
Manage Entries S % S e Delete
All S % S e Select entry type S
% S e Yes S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
2-28
4[Entry Search Window] P.2-18 [Mail Group Entry Window] P.2-19
G Renaming Categories
% S e Phone S % S e
Category Control S % S f
Select handset or USIM S e
Select Category S % S e Edit
Name S % S Enter name S %
G Moving Categories
% S e Phone S % S e
Category Control S % S f
Select handset or USIM S e
Select Category S A S e Select
target location S %
. View for By Category Phone Book
search changes accordingly.
Mail Groups
G Renaming Mail Groups
[Mail Group Entry Window] e
Select Group S B S e Edit
Name S % S Enter name S %
S e Yes S %
Mail Groups/Group
G Deleting
Members
[ Mail Groups
[Mail Group Entry Window] e
Select Group S B S e Delete S
% S e Yes S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
[ Group Members
[Mail Group Entry Window] e
Select Group S % S e Select
member S B S e Remove Entry
S % S e Yes S %
. Source Phone Book entries remain
even after deleting members.
G Changing Mail Group Members
[Mail Group Entry Window] e
Select Group S % S e Select
member S B S e Re-assign
Entry S % S Select entry S %
S e Yes S %
Additional Functions
0 Data Folder Contents
G Switching File List View
[File List] B S e Manage Items
S % S e Change List View S
% S e Select option S %
G Using Files as Wallpaper
[File List] g Select file S B S e
Set as Wallpaper S % S %
. For images smaller or larger than
Display, select an option and press %.
. When a confirmation appears, follow
onscreen instructions.
G Using Files as Ringtones
[File List] g Select file S B S e
Set as Ringtone S %
Managing Files/Folders
G Renaming Files/Folders
[ Folder Names
[File List] g Select folder S B S
e Manage Items S % S e
Rename S % S Enter name S %
. Renaming folders with files used for
ringtone, ringvideo, etc. cancels
corresponding setting.
[ File Names
[File List] g Select file S B S e
Manage Items S % S e Rename
S % S Enter name S %
G Sorting Files
[File List] B S e Manage Items
S % S e Sort S % S e Select
method S %
. To reverse the order, sort by the same
method again.
G Canceling Secret
Unlock Secret folders temporarily
and g (select Secret folder) S B
S e Unset Secret S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
G Deleting Files & Folders
2
Basic Operations
Handling Files
4[File List] P.2-21
[ Folders
[File List] g Select folder S B S
e Delete S % S Enter Handset
Code S % S e Yes S %
[ Single Files
[File List] g Select file S B S e
Delete S % S e Yes S %
[ All Created Folders & Files
[File List] B S e Manage Items
S % S e Delete All S % S
Enter Handset Code S % S e
Yes S %
2-29
Voice Calling................................... 3-2
Video Calling .................................. 3-4
Speed Dial....................................... 3-5
Call Log........................................... 3-6
Call Time & Call Cost .................... 3-7
Optional Services .......................... 3-8
Additional Functions ................... 3-10
Emergency Calls.......................... 3-14
3
Calling
3-1
Voice Calling
Voice Calling
Placing a Voice Call
3
Calling
1 Enter phone number with
area code
{
2!
Placing an International Call
+E
1w
Call Time 0:01
03123Created1
1w
Enter Number
G:Call
GR:Video Call
I:Calculator
J:Int'l Call
Voice Call Window
. Handset dials the number.
3 " S Call ends
03123XXXX1
Dial Window
Apply for International Call Service
beforehand.
DM002SH cannot be used outside Japan.
Handset transmissions cannot be
received or sent while abroad.
1 Enter phone number with
area code S B
2 e Int'l Call S %
{
Correcting Numbers
In 1, f (place cursor under the digit)
S$
, Long Press $ to delete the digits
above and after the cursor.
Earpiece Volume
During a call, E (up) or F (down)
After Calls with Unsaved Numbers
. Save to Phone Book confirmation appears.
1w
Int'l Call
Enter Code
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
1日本(JPN)
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2ｲｷﾞﾘｽ(GBR)
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3ｲﾀﾘｱ(ITA)
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Country Code List
3 e Select country S % S !
. Handset dials the number.
4 " S Call ends
Calling Unlisted Countries
In 3, e Enter Code S % S Enter
country code S % S !
Advanced
0 (Calling Previously Dialed Numbers (Redial)
(Calling from Received
Call Records (Sending/Blocking Caller ID (Adjusting Earpiece
Volume (Muting Microphone (Switching Sound Output (Recording
Caller Voice (Using Speaker Phone (P.3-10 - 3-11)
3-2
1(Setting handset to beep once each minute during Voice Calls
(Showing Call Cost after each call (Hiding Call Time during calls
(P.13-7)
Voice Calling
Answering a Voice Call
Incoming Call window opens for a call.
+S
1w
Voice Call...
1 $ (Long)
Incoming Voice Call Window
1 ! to accept the call
. Call connects.
2 " S Call ends
Muting Ringer Temporarily
$
{
L
1$
{
1w
Play Messages
No.1 Playback
XXXX/XX/XX 15:05
. Playback ends automatically after all
messages have played.
3
Calling
090392Created1
Playing Messages
Answer Phone
Record caller messages on handset.
Answer Phone cannot be used when
handset is off or out-of-range. Use
Voicemail to record caller messages when
Answer Phone is not available.
[ Playback Operations
1w
. Answer Phone is set.
Canceling Answer Phone
$ (Long)
[ When Answer Phone is Active
For unanswered calls, outgoing message
plays and recording starts.
If the call is answered during recording,
no message will be saved.
Replay/
Skip Backward
Stop
Skip Forward
Delete
c
$
% or d
B S e Yes S %
Advanced
0 (Rejecting Calls
(Placing Calls on Hold (Answering with
Headphones (Recording Caller Messages (Answer Phone) (P.3-10)
3-3
Video Calling
Video Calling
3
View the other party's image or send an
Outgoing Image to compatible handsets.
Calling
. DM002SH has no internal camera; use
External Camera to send Outgoing Image.
+L
Placing a Video Call
1 Enter number S ! (Long)
+L
M1w
Answering a Video Call
Incoming Call window opens for a call.
+;
1w
Incoming Video Call
M1w
090392Created1
Incoming Image
Incoming Video Call Window
Outgoing Image
0:01
0:01
. Press % to toggle image view.
Important Video Call Usage Notes
. If both parties are using handset models
without internal cameras, Video Call
cannot be used as intended.
. If both parties are not using the same
Video Call system, call may be
interrupted. (Video Call charges apply.)
. Video Calls cannot be placed while TV is
active.
Video Call Window
. Call is accepted and image appears.
2 " S Call ends
Viewing Engaged Video Call Operations
After 1, B S e Help S %
After Calls with Unsaved Numbers
. Save to Phone Book confirmation appears.
1 ! to accept the call
. Saved Alternative Image is sent.
2 " S Call ends
Answering with Camera Image
In 1, % S e No S %
Toggling Camera/Alternative Image
After 1, f
Advanced
0 (Rejecting Calls
(Placing Calls on Hold (Answering with
Headphones (Answering Video Calls Automatically (Muting
Microphone (Switching Sound Output (Canceling Speaker Output
(P.3-10 - 3-11)
3-4
1(Showing Call Cost after each call (Hiding Call Time during calls
(Changing Alternative Image (Changing quality of Incoming Images
(Changing quality of Outgoing Images (Canceling Loudspeaker for
Video Calls (P.13-7)
Speed Dial
Speed Dial
Saving Phone Numbers
1 % S e Phone S %
2 e Speed Dial List S %
{
1w
Speed Dial List
=c<Empty>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
!c<Empty>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
"c<Empty>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
#c<Empty>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
$c<Empty>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
%c<Empty>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
&c<Empty>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
'c<Empty>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
(c<Empty>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
)c<Empty>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
g Select entry S %
4 e Select phone number S %
. To save additional phone numbers,
repeat 3 - 4.
. Omit 4 if only one number is saved.
When Selected List Number is in Use
. Confirmation appears. To overwrite,
choose Yes and press %.
Using Headphones for Speed Dial
. Save a phone number to 0.
Using Speed Dial
10-9S!
. To place Video Calls, Long Press !.
Using Headphones
. In Standby, Long Press Call Button until a
double beep sounds; handset dials the
number saved in 0. To end the call, Long
Press Call Button until a beep sounds.
3
Calling
Save phone numbers to Speed Dial List
for easy dialing.
3 e Select number S % S
Assign
Speed Dial List
Advanced
0 (Deleting Entries
(P.3-11)
3-5
Call Log
Call Log
Open recent dialed/received call records.
3
1!
Calling
{
1w
All Calls
QD R CS
RN090392XXXX1
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
RNKondo Koichi
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
TN090392XXXX3
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XX/XX/XX 15:05
XX/XX/XX 12:00
XX/XX/XX 10:45
Call Log Window
. All Calls opens; press d to open
Dialled Numbers and then Received
Calls.
2 g Select record S %
When the Same Number is Dialed More
Than Once
. Only the last record appears. (All records
appear for S! Circle Talk.)
Advanced
0 (Sending Messages
(Saving Phone Book Entries
(Deleting Call Log Records (P.3-11)
3-6
Call Time & Call Cost
Call Time & Call Cost
Call Time
Call Cost
1 % S e Settings S % S
f Call/Video Call
2 e Call Time & Cost S %
{
1w
Call Time & Cost
1 In Call Time & Cost menu,
e Call Costs S %
Call Timers
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Data Counter
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Call Costs
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Call
Time & Cost Menu
{
{
1w
Call Timers
1w
Call Costs
3 e Call Timers S %
Dialled Calls
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Received Calls
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Clear Timers
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Call Timers Menu
3
Check estimated call charge for the most
recent call or all calls.
Call Costs (including Max Cost) may be
unavailable depending on subscription
status.
Calling
Check estimated time of the most recent
call and all calls.
Last Call
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
All Calls
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Clear Costs
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Cost Units
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Max Cost/Residual
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Call Costs Menu
2 e Last Call or All Calls S %
4 e Dialled Calls or Received
Calls S %
Advanced
0 (Resetting Call Timers
(Resetting Call Costs (P.3-12)
1(Checking the most recent packet transmission volume
(Checking all
packet transmission volume (P.13-7)
3-7
Optional Services
Optional Services
3
Call Forwarding and Voicemail can only
be set simultaneously when Call
Forwarding is set to Video Calls.
Calling
Automatically divert all or all
Call
unanswered incoming calls to
Forwarding
another preset phone number
Redirect all or unanswered
calls to Voicemail Center;
Voicemail
access messages from
handset/touchtone phones
Call
Answer incoming calls or open
Waiting*
another line during a call
Switch between open lines
Conference
or connect multiple lines at
Call*
once for teleconferencing
Call
Restrict incoming/outgoing
Barring
calls depending on conditions
Show or hide your own
Caller ID
number when placing calls
*
A separate contract is required.
Initiating Call Forwarding
Follow these steps to divert calls to a
phone number saved in Phone Book after
selected ring time (No Answer set).
1 % S e Settings S %
S f Call/Video Call
2 e Voicemail/Divert S %
{
Diverting Calls without Handset Response
In 4, e Always S % S 5 - 7
Entering Forwarding Number Directly
In 5, e Enter Number S % S Enter
phone number S % S e Select ring
time S %
1w
Voicemail/Divert
Voicemail
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Diverts
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Cancel All
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Status
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Voicemail/Divert
Menu
3 e Diverts S % S e
Select call type S %
4 e No Answer S %
{
7%
8 e Select ring time S %
1w
Forward to
VPhone Book
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
NEnter Number
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Initiating Voicemail
Follow these steps to divert calls to
Voicemail Center after selected ring time
(No Answer set).
1 In Voicemail/Divert menu,
e Voicemail S % S e
Activate S %
{
1w
Activate
Always
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
No Answer
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e No Answer S % S e
5 e Phone
Book S % S g
Select ring time S %
Select entry S %
Calls without Handset Response
6 e Select phone number S % Diverting
In 2, e Always S %
. Omit 6 if only one number is saved.
Advanced
0 (Checking Service Status
3-8
(P.3-12)
Optional Services
Missed Call Notification
Activate this function for records of calls
missed while handset is off/out-of-range
and Voicemail is active.
. Follow the voice guidance for further
operations.
S f Call/Video Call
{
1w
Call/Video Call
N y x #
kCall Time & Cost
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
HAnswer Phone
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
aVoicemail/Divert
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
bVideo Call
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Call/Video
Call Menu
2 e )Missed Calls S %
Canceling Call Forwarding/Voicemail
1 In Call/Video Call menu, e
Voicemail/Divert S %
2 e Cancel All S %
{
1w
Voicemail/Divert
Voicemail
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Diverts
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Cancel All
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Are you sure?
Status
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Yes
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
No
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3
Calling
1 % S e Settings S %
Playing Messages
1 % S e Phone S %
2 e Call Voicemail S %
3 e Yes S %
S%
. Follow the voice guidance for further
operations.
Advanced
0 [Call Waiting (Separate Contract Required)]
(Activating Call Waiting (Placing Line 1 on Hold to Answer Line 2
(P.3-12)
[Conference Call (Separate Contract Required)]
(Opening Another Line during a Call (Switching Between Open Lines
(Swap Calls) (Talking on Multiple Lines Simultaneously (P.3-12)
[Call Barring]
(Rejecting Calls by Number (Rejecting Calls without Designating
Numbers (Changing Network Password (P.3-13)
[Caller ID]
(Showing/Hiding Caller ID (P.3-13)
3-9
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions 1
4[Dial Window] P.3-2 [Incoming Call Window] Voice Call: P.3-3, Video Call: P.3-4 [Call/Video Call Menu] P.3-9
3
Placing a Voice Call/Video Call
Receiving a Voice Call/Video Call
Calling
Previously Dialed Numbers
G Calling
G Rejecting Calls
(Redial)
c S e Select record S !
. To place Video Calls, Long Press !.
[Incoming Call Window] B S e
Reject S %
G Calling from Received Call Records G Placing Calls on Hold
d S e Select record S !
. To place Video Calls, Long Press !.
G Sending/Blocking Caller ID
[Dial Window] B S e Hide My ID
or Show My ID S %
G Adjusting Earpiece Volume
% S e Settings S % S f Phone
Settings S e Earpiece Volume S %
S e Adjust level S %
3-10
[Incoming Call Window] "
. Press ! to answer the call on hold.
G Answering with Headphones
[Incoming Call Window] Long
Press Call Button
. To end the call, Long Press Call Button
until a beep sounds.
Caller Messages
G Recording
(Answer Phone)
[Incoming Voice Call Window] B
S e Record Message S %
G Answering Video Calls Automatically
[ Saving Numbers to Auto Answer List
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Video Call
S % S e Remote Monitor S % S
Enter Handset Code S % S e Auto
Answer List S % S e <Empty> S
B S e Change S % S e From
Phone Book or From Call Log S %
S g Select entry S % S e Select
phone number S %
. For From Call Log, omit steps for
Phone Book entry.
. To enter a phone number directly,
select <Empty> and press %.
[ Activating Remote Monitor
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Video
Call S % S e Remote Monitor
S % S Enter Handset Code S %
S e Switch On/Off S % S e
On S % S %
. A tone sounds for calls answered via
Remote Monitor. (Tone and volume are
fixed.)
. Remote Monitor is effective only when
handset is open.
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions 2
4[Call Window] Voice Call: P.3-2, Video Call: P.3-4 [Speed Dial List] P.3-5 [Call Log Window] P.3-6
Call Window Operations
[Call Window] A
. To cancel, press A.
G Switching Sound Output
[Call Window] B S e Transfer
Audio S % S e To Phone or To
Bluetooth S %
Voice Call
G Recording Caller Voice
[Voice Call Window] B S e
Record Caller Voice S % S
Recording starts S % S
Recording ends
. To play recorded messages, see P.3-3
"Playing Messages."
[Voice Call Window] %
. To cancel, press %.
Video Call
G Canceling Speaker Output
[Video Call Window] B S e
Loudspeaker Off S %
. To activate Speaker, select
Loudspeaker On.
Speed Dial
G Deleting Entries
[Speed Dial List] e Select entry S
B S e Delete S % S e Yes
S%
. Source Phone Book entries remain
even after deleting Speed Dial entries.
Call Log
G Sending Messages
[Call Log Window] e Select
record S B S e Create Message
S % S e E Mail or SMS S % S
Complete message S A
3
Calling
G Muting Microphone
G Using Speaker Phone
G Saving Phone Book Entries
[Call Log Window] e Select
record S B S e Save to Phone
Book S % S e As New Entry S
% S Complete other fields S A
. To add to an existing entry, select As
New Detail.
G Deleting Call Log Records
[ One Record
[Call Log Window] e Select
record S B S e Delete S % S
e Yes S %
[ All Records
[Call Log Window] B S e Delete
All S % S Enter Handset Code S
% S e Yes S %
3-11
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions 3
4[Call Timers Menu] P.3-7 [Call Costs Menu] P.3-7 [Call/Video Call Menu] P.3-9 [Voice Call Window] P.3-2
3
Call Time & Call Cost
Calling
G Resetting Call Timers
[Call Timers Menu] e Clear
Timers S % S Enter Handset
Code S % S e Yes S %
G Resetting Call Costs
[Call Costs Menu] e Clear Costs
S % S Enter PIN2 S % S e
Yes S %
Optional Services
Service Status
G Checking Service Status
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Select
service S % S e Status S %
. For Call Barring, select restriction and
press %.
Call Waiting (Contract Required)
G Activating Call Waiting
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call
Waiting S % S e On S %
G Placing Line 1 on Hold to Answer
Line 2
[Voice Call Window] A tone
sounds during a call S !
. Press ! to switch between two lines.
. Press " to end active line and
re-engage the party on hold.
3-12
Conference Call (Contract Required)
G Opening Another Line during a Call
[Voice Call Window] Enter phone
number S !
. Press b to select a number from
Phone Book or Long Press ! to select
from Call Log records.
Between Open Lines
G Switching
(Swap Calls)
[Voice Call Window] !
. Press ! to switch between lines.
G Talking on Multiple Lines
Simultaneously
[Voice Call Window] While
switching between lines, B S e
Multi Party S % S e Conference
All S %
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions 4
Call Barring
[ Saving Phone Numbers
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call
Barring S % S e Rejected
Numbers S % S e Black List S
% S e Set Reject Number S %
S e <Empty> S % S Enter
phone number S %
. Activate Black List to reject calls from
saved phone numbers.
[ Activating Black List
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call
Barring S % S e Rejected
Numbers S % S e Black List S
% S e Switch On/Off S % S e
On S %
Calls without Designating G Changing Network Password
G Rejecting
Numbers
[ Calls from Unsaved Numbers
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call
Barring S % S e Rejected
Numbers S % S e Unknown S
% S e On S %
[ Calls without Caller ID
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call
Barring S % S e Rejected
Numbers S % S e Withheld S
% S e On S %
[ Calls from Public Phones
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call
Barring S % S e Rejected
Numbers S % S e Payphone S
% S e On S %
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call
Barring S % S e Change NW
Password S % S Enter current
Network Password S % S Enter
new Network Password S % S
Re-enter new Network Password
S%
3
Calling
G Rejecting Calls by Number
4[Call/Video Call Menu] P.3-9
Caller ID
G Showing/Hiding Caller ID
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Show My
Number S % S e On or Off S %
[ Calls with Undisplayable Caller ID
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call
Barring S % S e Rejected
Numbers S % S e Unavailable
S % S e On S %
3-13
Emergency Calls
Emergency Calls
3
Calling
Your location is automatically reported to
the corresponding agency (police, etc.)
when you place emergency calls (110,
119 or 118) with Disney Mobile handsets.
(Emergency Location Report)
DM002SH reports Location Information
based on positioning signals from radio
stations.
. Registration/transmission fees do not apply.
. Positioning accuracy is affected by
location/signal conditions. Always provide
your location and purpose on the phone.
. Location Information is not reported when
emergency calls are placed without Caller
ID (such as when the number is prefixed
with 184). However, the corresponding
agency may obtain your Location
Information in a life threatening situation.
3-14
Handset Restrictions &
Emergency Calls
Emergency calls are possible even while
some handset restrictions are active.
Active Restriction
Emergency Calls
Max Cost
Password Lock (P.11-2) Possible
Outgoing Calls
Offline Mode (P.1-11)
Restricted
Keypad Lock (P.1-9)
PIN Entry (P.11-2)
Messaging ...................................... 4-2
Basics .............................................. 4-2
Customizing Handset Address ........ 4-3
Sending Messages......................... 4-4
Additional Functions ................... 4-12
Handling Messages ..................... 4-14
Managing & Using Messages.........4-14
Sorting Messages into Designated
Folders ...........................................4-15
Sending E Mail ................................ 4-4
Sending SMS................................... 4-7
Chat Folder................................... 4-16
Additional Functions ..................... 4-8
Incoming Messages..................... 4-10
Additional Functions ................... 4-17
Opening & Replying....................... 4-10
Using Chat Folders.........................4-16
4
Messaging
4-1
Messaging
Basics
Use the following messaging services.
SMS
Exchange up to 160 alphanumerics
with Disney Mobile and SoftBank
handsets.
4
Messaging
Auto Retry Function
E Mail
Exchange up to 30,000 characters
with e-mail compatible handsets,
PCs, etc; attach media files, etc.
Graphic Mail
Select font color, attach My
Pictograms, etc. when messaging
Disney Mobile/SoftBank handsets.
Feeling Mail
Exchange up to 160 alphanumerics
Set Feeling Setting in subject field
when messaging Disney Mobile/
SoftBank handsets.
[ Available Entry Items
Recipient Subject Message Attachment
*
4-2
. A separate contract is required to use
E Mail and receive e-mail from PCs, etc.
. For more information, see Disney Mobile
Website (P.14-21).
SMS
Available*
E Mail
Available Available Available Available
N/A
Available
N/A
Disney Mobile/SoftBank handset numbers only.
If recipient's handset is off/out-of-range, a
sent message is saved in Server Mail Box
and delivery attempted at regular intervals.
(Undeliverable messages are deleted.)
Auto Resend
When Auto Resend is active, handset
automatically resends unsent messages
up to two times. Cancel to disable (P.13-8).
Messaging
Customizing Handset Address
Change alphanumerics before @ of the
default handset mail address.
For more information, see Disney Mobile
Website (P.14-21).
1 B S e Settings S %
{
+4C
When handset address is changed,
Disney Mobile sends new address
confirmation via E Mail.
+4C
The information
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
which notifies
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
your Mail Address
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
is included in
CXX/XX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
yX:XX
Yes
zXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
No
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
1w
1w
Settings
Address Settings
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
General Settings
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
E Mail Settings
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
SMS Settings
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Speed Mail List
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Address
Settings S %
. Handset connects to the Internet.
Select English and press %, then
follow onscreen instructions.
Information
#1
Message
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+4C
Received Fol. 2/
1w
Edit Entry
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
First Name:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Reading(Last Name):
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Last Name:
1 e Message S %
Reading(First Name):
1w
2
CInformation
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
GKimura Tetsuya
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4
3 e Yes S %
To save new^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
address to My Details, follow
these steps. (New address is effective
even if not saved.)
+4C
1w
Received Fol. 2/ 2
CInformation
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
GKimura Tetsuya
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Messaging
Changing Address
2 e Information S %
Saving Address
4A
Tel 1:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
b090392XXXX5
Add Phone Number:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4-3
Sending Messages
Sending E Mail
Follow these steps to send E Mail to a
number/address saved in Phone Book.
4
1 B S e Create Message
S%
Messaging
{
E Mail Composition Window
2 e Select recipient field S %
1w
Select Recipient
VPhone Book
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XSelect Group
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
WSpeed Mail List
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
NEnter Number
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e Phone Book S %
{
1w
p HA MA YA RA WA Ab * P
N
aMy Details
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
BIto Jun
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8 Enter message S %
{
1w
Size XXXB
gE Mail
B Ueda Mikio
C
Enter Subject
CText
kAttach
<Enter Text>
. Omit 5 if only one number or
address is saved.
. When a mail address is entered, do
not use single-byte katakana in
message text or subject.
6 e Select subject field S %
S Enter subject S %
7 e CText S %
{
1w
Message:
G
X/XXK
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Text Entry Window
1w
Size XXXB
gE Mail
B Ueda Mikio
C Wedding
CText
kAttach
Please bring a camera a
nd a tripod to Mr. Yama
moto and Miss Kawahashi
's wedding next Sunday.
address S %
{
1w
Size XB
gE Mail
B
Add Recipient
C
Enter Subject
CText
kAttach
<Enter Text>
{
4 g Select recipient S %
5 e Select number or mail
E Mail Composition Window
9 A S Transmission starts
. To cancel, press A during
transmission.
Incoming Calls while Creating Message
. Content is saved temporarily. End the call
to return.
Previewing Outgoing Message
After 8, B S e Preview Message
S%
Checking Cross-Carrier Disney Pictograms
After 7, B S e Pict Setting S %
S e Select carrier S %
, Pictogram appearance may differ by
carrier.
Advanced
0 (Using Other Recipient Entry Methods
(Adding Recipients
(Inserting Signature Automatically (Speed Mail List (Saving without
Sending (Auto Send when Signal Returns (Designating Send Date/
Time (within one week) (Canceling Sent E Mail (Requesting Delivery
Confirmation (P.4-8 - 4-9)
4-4
1(Hiding progress bar while sending messages
resend of unsent messages (P.13-8)
(Disabling automatic
Sending Messages
4 g Select file S %
Attaching Files
Follow these steps to attach images to E Mail.
Send attachments to compatible handsets.
1 In E Mail Composition
{
1w
Size XXXB
gE Mail
B Ueda Mikio
C Wedding
CText
kAttach
MAttach File
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Attach File S %
{
1w
Attach File
Picture
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Sound
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Video
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e Picture S % S e
Select folder S %
{
1w
Size XXKB
gE Mail
B Ueda Mikio
C Wedding
CText
AAttach
M
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
MImageXXX.jpg XXKB
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Attach File Window
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. Repeat 2 - 4 to attach more files.
Attach File
5 A S Transmission starts
Attaching Non-Image Files
. In 3, select a folder other than Picture
and press %, then select a file.
Sending Feeling Mail
1 In E Mail Composition window
after composing message, B
S e Feeling Settings S %
{
1w
Feeling Settings
EHappy/Glad
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3OK/Good
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4Sad/Sorry
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Select
category, e.g.,
Happy/Glad S %
3 e Select item, e.g., I Love
4
Messaging
window after composing
message, f kAttach
When a size list appears, select
attachment size and press %.
You S %
{
1w
Size XXKB
gE Mail
B Ueda Mikio
C 6Wedding
CText
AAttach
Please bring a camera a
nd a tripod to Mr. Yama
moto and Miss Kawahashi
's wedding next Sunday.
4 A S Transmission starts
Canceling Feeling Mail
[E Mail Composition Window] e
Select subject field S % S f Select
Pictogram, e.g., 6 S $ S %
Advanced
0 (Set Auto Play File
(P.4-9)
4-5
Sending Messages
4 A S g Background
Sending Graphic Mail
Colour: S % S g Select
color S %
Follow these steps to:
. Change font size and background color
. Insert images and My Pictograms
. Scroll text
4
{
Messaging
1 In text entry window, ! (Long)
U
E
F
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
`
H
G
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
J
K
I
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Font Colour:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
色
サイズ
COLOUR
SIZE
画像
IMAGE
ﾏｲ絵文字
挿入
効果
MY PICT
INSERT
EFFECT
背景
装飾解除
戻す
BG
CANCEL
SelectArea
F
UNDO
CloseMenu
Graphic Mail Window
2 g Font Size: S %
Font Size
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Font Size:
Medium
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 f Select size S % S
Enter text
1w
Message:
G
XXX/XXK
Good morning!
5 A S g Insert Picture S %
S e Select folder S %
S g Select file S %
E
色
COLOUR
`
ﾏｲ絵文字
I
背景
MY PICT
BG
F
G
K
サイズ
SIZE
挿入
INSERT
装飾解除
CANCEL
1w
G
XXX/XXK
4-6
効果
戻す
UNDO
7 A S g Insert My Pictogram
S % S B S g Select file
S%S$
1w
Message:
XXX/XXK
Good morning!
Advanced
Effect (P.4-9)
J
画像
S$
Rs
0 (Creating Graphic Mail from Templates
EFFECT
6 g Select location S %
G
Good morning!
IMAGE
H
Select Position
{
{
Message:
U
(Changing Text Color, Size &
8 A S g Effect S %
すずき Effect
すずき
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
すずき
すずき
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
すずき
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
すずき
すずき
Blink
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
9 f Scrolling S %
すずき Scrolling
すずき
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
すずき
すずき
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
すずき
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
すずき
すずき
Right to Left
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
a f Select direction S % S
Enter text
b % S A S Transmission
starts
Canceling Last Action
[Graphic Mail Window] g Undo S %
Canceling All Graphic Mail Settings
[Graphic Mail Window] g Cancel S
% S e Yes S %
Saving as Templates
After a, % S B S e Save as
Template S % S Enter name S %
S g Save here S %
, Only the message text is saved.
Sending Messages
Sending SMS
Follow these steps to send SMS to a
number saved in Phone Book.
1 B S e Create New SMS
S%
1w
QSMS
B
Add Recipient
Enter Text
2 e Select recipient field
S%
6 e Select message text field
S%
{
4
1w
Message:
1w
Select Recipient
VPhone Book
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XSelect
Group
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
WSpeed Mail List
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
NEnter Number
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e Phone Book S %
{
1w
. Omit 5 if only one number is saved.
SMS Composition Window
{
{
QSMS
B Ueda Mikio
Enter Text
Incoming Calls while Creating Message
. Content is saved temporarily. End the call
to return.
When Message Text Exceeds Limit
. A confirmation appears. To convert SMS
to E Mail, follow these steps.
e Yes S %
Messaging
{
4 g Select recipient S %
5 e Select number S %
1w
p HA MA YA RA WA Ab * P
N
aMy Details
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
BIto Jun
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
AUeda Mikio
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
G
X/XX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Text Entry Window
7 Enter message S %
{
1w
QSMS
B Ueda Mikio
See you at the meeting
today!
SMS Composition Window
8 A S Transmission starts
Advanced
0 (Using Other Recipient Entry Methods
(Adding Recipients (Speed
Mail List (Saving without Sending (Auto Send when Signal Returns
(Designating Send Date/Time (within one week) (Requesting
Delivery Confirmation (P.4-8 - 4-9)
1(Hiding progress bar while sending messages
(Requesting Delivery
Report for all messages (Disabling automatic resend of unsent messages
(Changing Server sent message storage limit (P.13-8 - 13-9)
4-7
Additional Functions
0 Messaging 1
Creating Messages
4
Other Recipient Entry
G Using
Methods
Messaging
[Composition Window] e Select
recipient field S % S e Select
method S % S Select/enter
number/address S %
G Adding Recipients
[Composition Window] e Select
recipient field S % S e Add
Recipient S % S e Select
method S % S Select/enter
number/address S %
G Inserting Signature Automatically
B S e Settings S % S e
General Settings S % S e
Signature Settings S % S e Edit
S % S Enter signature S % S
e Auto Insert S % S e On S %
. Available only for E Mail.
G Speed Mail List
4[Composition Window] E Mail: P.4-4, SMS: P.4-7
[ Saving to Speed Mail List
B S e Settings S % S e
Speed Mail List S % S e
<Empty> S % S e Select
method S % S Select/enter
number/address S %
[ Using Speed Mail List
In Standby, 0 - 9 (Speed Mail
entry number) S B
. When messaging to Disney Mobile/
SoftBank handset numbers, select
E Mail or SMS and press %.
Sending Messages
G Saving without Sending
[Composition Window] B S
e Save to Drafts S %
G Auto Send when Signal Returns
[Composition Window] B S e Send
Reservation S % S e Within the
Network S % S e Yes S %
G Designating Send Date/Time (within
one week)
[Composition Window] B S e
Send Reservation S % S e Date
& Time S % S Enter date/time
S % S e Yes S %
G Canceling Sent E Mail
B S e Sent Messages S % S
e Select folder S % S e Select
message S B S e Set Sent
Cancel S % S e Yes S %
. Available for messages sent to Disney
Mobile/SoftBank handsets.
4-8
Additional Functions
0 Messaging 2
4[Composition Window] E Mail: P.4-4, SMS: P.4-7 [Attach File Window] P.4-5 [E Mail Composition Window] P.4-4 [Graphic Mail Window] P.4-6
G Requesting Delivery Confirmation
. Delivery Report arrives when message
is delivered.
G Set Auto Play File
[Attach File Window] e Select file
S B S e Set Auto Play File S
% S e Switch On/Off S % S e
On S % S e Enter Message S
% S Enter comment S %
Graphic Mail
Graphic Mail from
G Creating
Templates
[ Opening Templates from
Messaging Menu
[ Opening Templates from E Mail
Composition Window
[E Mail Composition Window] B
S e Launch Template S % S e
Select template S % S Complete
message S A
. Open a template before entering
message text.
G Changing Text Color, Size & Effect
4
Messaging
[Composition Window] B S e
Messaging Settings S % S e
Delivery Report S % S e On S %
Attachments
[Graphic Mail Window] B S g
Select start point S % S g
Highlight text range S % S g
Font Colour:, Font Size: or Effect
S % S Set S %
B S e Templates S % S e
Select template S % S Complete
message S A
. Template size may change when used
for creating messages.
4-9
Incoming Messages
Opening & Replying
Opening New Messages
Information window opens for new mail.
4
+4C
1w
1 e Message S %
+4C
1w
Received Fol. 3/
3
Messaging
CUeda Mikio
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
BUeda Mikio
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Message List
2 e Select message S %
{ C
Information
#1 Message
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
By default, complete E Mail messages
including attachments are retrieved;
transmission fees apply depending on the
price plan.
Delivery Report
. Information window opens for Delivery
Report. Follow these steps to open it.
e Delivery Report S % S e Select
message with report S % S A
1w
Received Msg. 003
BUeda Mikio
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
CHow's it going?
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
yXX/XX 15:05
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
I've just finished my w
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ork. How about you? I 'l
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
l be at the place at ar
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ound 8 pm.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. To animate message text in 3D,
enable 3D Pictogram.
Receiving Feeling Mail
. Small Light, Vibration and ringtone
respond according to settings.
Corresponding Pictogram (F, etc.)
appears on External Display.
Attached Images
. Attached images open automatically.
Messages with Quiz
Enter or select answer S %
, Message cannot be opened until the
correct answer is entered or selected.
Animation View
. When a specific Pictogram is included in
subject or message text, corresponding
animation appears in message window
background.
Advanced
4-10
0 (Viewing New Messages on External Display (Opening New Mail Out
1(Feeling Mail (3D Pictogram (Disabling Animation View (Disabling
of Standby (Retrieving New Mail Manually (Retrieving Server Mail
List (Saving Attachments to Data Folder (P.4-12)
automatic E Mail retrieval (Enabling image auto-resize (Disabling
image auto-open (Enabling sound auto-play (P.13-8 - 13-9)
Incoming Messages
Checking Messages
1 B S e Received Msg.
+4C
1w
Received Msg.
2 e Select folder S % S e
Select message S %
{
1w
Received Msg. 001
BKimura Tetsuya
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
CLater
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
yXX/XX 15:05
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
See you at the meeting
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
today!
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Message Window
1w
Received Fol. 3/ 3
CUeda Mikio
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
BUeda Mikio
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
GKimura Tetsuya
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
CHow's it going?
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
yXX/XX 15:05
zI've just finished my work.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
How about you? I'll be at the
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
place at around 8 pm.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Options
View
Message Type/Status
(see below)
Sender or Recipient
Message Text
Check
g Unread
G Read
g Sent
H Failed
I Replied
J Forwarded
Send
K
Reservation set
1w
Received Msg. 003
L E Mail Notice
Unread Delivery
B
Report
M Attachments
N Protected
O Priority (High)
BUeda Mikio
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
CHow's it going?
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
yXX/XX 15:05
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
I've just finished my w
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ork. How about you? I 'l
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
l be at the place at ar
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ound 8 pm.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Reply
Options
~ appears for SMS messages (B, N,
etc.).
4
Hold:QuickReply
Press # to open previous message
(older one), or press ( to open next
one (newer one).
Replying to Messages
1 In message window, A
{
1w
Size XXXB
gE Mail
B Ueda Mikio
C Re: How's it going?
CText
kAttach
<Enter Text>
T Priority (Low)
U USIM Card SMS
Sender or Recipient
Subject (E Mail only)
Received or
Sent Date & Time
Message Text
Messaging
7Received Folder
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7Folder 1
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7Folder 2
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7Folder 3
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
{
Message List
S%
{
Message Window
Window Description
2 Complete message S A
Advanced
0 (Changing Font Size
(Using Linked Info (Saving to Phone Book
(Copying Text (Replying to Sender and All Recipients (Quoting
Original Message Text (Replying Quickly Using Fixed Text (P.4-12 - 4-13)
1(Changing message list view
(Changing message window scroll unit
(P.13-8)
4-11
Additional Functions
0 Handling Incoming Messages 1
Receiving/Opening Messages
4
New Messages on External
G Viewing
Display
Messaging
DSD
. Available with handset closed.
G Opening New Mail Out of Standby
B (Long)
G Retrieving New Mail Manually
B S e Retrieve New Msg. S %
. Retrieve messages missed while
handset is out-of-range.
G Retrieving Server Mail List
B S e Server Mail Box S % S
e Mail List S % S e Yes S %
4-12
G Saving Attachments to Data Folder
[Message Window] e Select file
S B S e Save to Data Folder S
% S Enter name S % S g Save
here S %
Message Window
G Changing Font Size
[Message Window] B S e Font
Size S % S e Select size S %
4[Message Window] P.4-11
Linked Info
G Using Linked Info
[ Dialing Numbers
[Message Window] g Select
number S % S e Call or Video
Call S %
[ Sending Messages
[Message Window] g Select
number or mail address S % S
e Create Message S % S e
E Mail or SMS S % S Complete
message S A
. For mail addresses, omit steps for mail
type.
[ Accessing Internet Sites
[Message Window] g Select URL
S % S e Yes S %
. Select PC Site Br. to connect via PC
Site Browser.
Additional Functions
0 Handling Incoming Messages 2
G Saving to Phone Book
[ Saving Sender's Address
. To add to an existing entry, select As
New Detail.
[ Saving Linked Info
[Message Window] g Select
number or mail address S % S e
Save to Phone Book or Save
Address S % S e As New Entry
S % S Complete other fields S A
. To add to an existing entry, select As
New Detail.
[ Sender/Recipient Number/Address
[Message Window] B S e Copy
S % S e Address S % S e
Select number/address S %
[ Subject or Message Text
[Message Window] B S e Copy S
% S e Subject or Message Text S
% S g Select first character S %
S g Highlight text range S %
Replying to Messages
to Sender and All
G Replying
Recipients
[Message Window] B S e Reply
All S % S e Select option S %
S Complete message S A
G Quoting Original Message Text
4
Messaging
[Message Window] B S e Save
Address S % S e Select
number or mail address S % S
e As New Entry S % S
Complete other fields S A
G Copying Text
4[Message Window] P.4-11
[Message Window] B S e Reply
or Reply All S % S e E Mail
(History) or SMS (History) S % S
Complete message S A
G Replying Quickly Using Fixed Text
[ Editing Quick Reply Text
B S e Settings S % S e
General Settings S % S e Quick
Reply Set. S % S e Select text
S % S Edit text S %
[ Using Quick Reply
[Message Window] A (Long) S
e Select text S %
4-13
Handling Messages
Managing & Using Messages
Messaging Folders
Messages are organized in folders by type.
4
{
1 B S e Received Msg. or
Sent Messages S %
1w
Messaging
Messaging
!Received Msg.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
"Create Message
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
#Retrieve New Ms...
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
$Drafts
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
%Templates
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
&Sent Messages
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8Unsent Messages
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
'Chat Folder
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
(Server Mail Box
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
)Create New SMS
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Checking Messages
Received Messages
Incomplete/
Unsent Messages
Sent Messages
Failed Messages
Auto Delete
. Oldest received/sent messages are
deleted automatically to save new ones
when memory is full. Protect important
messages to avoid unintentional deletion.
{
1w
Received Msg.
7Received Folder
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7Folder 1
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7Folder 2
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7Folder 3
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Folder List
2 e Select folder S %
{
1w
Received Fol. 3/ 3
GUeda Mikio
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
NUeda Mikio
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Message List
3 e Select message S %
{
Hiding Folders
Messages appear in Chat Folders even if
source messages are sorted into Secret
folders.
1 In folder list, e (select
folder) S B
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Yes
Options
"%N"
was
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Rename
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
No
added
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Create
New Folder
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
27Folder
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Relocate
Folder
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
"%N"
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Set
Secret was
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
dded
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Set Secret S % S Enter
Handset Code S % S %
Accessing Secret Folders
[Folder List] B S e Unlock
Temporarily S % S Enter Handset
Code S %
1w
Received Msg. 003
BUeda Mikio
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
CHow's it going?
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
yXX/XX 15:05
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
I've just finished my w
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ork. How about you? I 'l
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
l be at the place at ar
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ound 8 pm.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Advanced
0 (Deleting Messages
Message Window
(Protecting Messages (Selecting Multiple
Messages (Sorting Messages (Opening Sender/Recipient Details
(Forwarding Messages (Sending from Drafts (Sending Unsent
Messages (Using Sent Messages (Canceling Secret (P.4-17 - 4-18)
4-14
1(Canceling automatic deletion of oldest received messages
(Canceling automatic deletion of oldest sent messages (Muting
ringer, etc. for messages sorted into Secret folders (Opening full
message list in Received Msg. folder (Opening full message list in
Sent Messages folder (P.13-8)
Handling Messages
Sorting Messages into Designated Folders
Sort by Sender/Recipient
1 B S e Received Msg. or
Sent Messages S %
5 e Select method S % S
Select/enter number/
address S %
1 B S e Settings S % S
e General Settings S %
{
Select blank entry S %
{
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Sending Status
On
Delivery Report
Off
Anti Spam Measures
1w
Auto Sort Keys
Address
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Subject
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4 e Address S %
{
1w
Select Recipient
vPhone Book
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
SSelect Category
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XSelect Group
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
WSpeed Mail List
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
NEnter Number
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
1w
General Settings
4
Messaging
2 e Select target folder S B 6 A S Saved
Sort by Subject or SMS Text
In 4, e Subject S % S Enter text
3 e My Folders S % S e
S%
Filtering Spam
Filter messages from numbers or
addresses not saved in Phone Book into
Spam Folder.
2 e Anti Spam Measures S %
3 Enter Handset Code S %
S e On S %
{
1w
Anti Spam Measures
O On
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
○ Off
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4%
New message
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
indicator does not
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
appear and
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
messages from
unsaved senders
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
are saved as Spam.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Advanced
0 (Renaming Folders
(Deleting Folders (Adding Folders
(Re-sorting Messages (Moving Messages Manually (P.4-18)
4-15
Chat Folder
Using Chat Folders
Organize messages exchanged between
handset and Chat members' handsets.
To hide messages, set Chat Folder to Secret.
4
3 e Add New Member S %
{
Register Member
Messaging
[1]
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
[2]
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
[3]
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
[4]
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Saving Members
1 B S e Chat Folder S %
{
1w
Chat Folder
7Group①
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7Group②
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7Group③
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Chat Folder List
2 e Select folder S B
7By
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Options
Category③
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Add
New Member
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Rename
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Create
New Folder
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Delete
Folder
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Set
Secret
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4 e Select blank entry S %
. Select saved member to edit number/
address.
5 e Select method S % S
Select/enter number/
address S %
{
1w
Register Member
[1] Ueda Mikio
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
[2]
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
[3]
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
[4]
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. Repeat 4 - 5 to add members.
6A
Advanced
0 (Renaming Folders (Adding Folders (Re-sorting Messages (Deleting
Folders (Deleting All Messages (Resetting Chat Folders (P.4-18)
4-16
1w
Changing Members
In 4, e (select member) S B S e
Change Member S % S From 5
Deleting Members
In 4, e (select member) S B S e
Delete S % S e Yes S %
Opening Chat Folders
1 B S e Chat Folder S %
S e Select folder S %
{
Group①
GXXXXXX
1w
2/
2
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XXXXXXXXXX
XX/XX XX:XX
CXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XXXXXXXXXX
XX/XX XX:XX
2 e Select message S %
Additional Functions
0 Managing Messages 1
Managing Messages
G Deleting Messages
. Alternatively, delete an open message.
[ All Unprotected Messages
[Message List] B S e Manage
Msg. S % S e Delete All S %
S e Except Locked Msg. S % S
Enter Handset Code S %
[ All Messages
[Message List] B S e Manage
Msg. S % S e Delete All S %
S e Delete All S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
[ All Messages in Drafts or Unsent
Messages
[Message List (Drafts or Unsent
Messages)] B S e Delete All S
% S Enter Handset Code S %
G Protecting Messages
[Message List] e Select message
S B S e Lock S %
G Selecting Multiple Messages
[ Selecting
[Message List] e Select message
SA
[ Unchecking
[Message List] e Select message
SA
[ Unchecking All
[Message List] B S e Unselect
All S %
G Sorting Messages
[Message List] B S e View
Settings S % S e Sort S % S
e Select option S %
Using Messages
G Forwarding Messages
[Message Window] B S e
Forward S % S e Select
recipient field S % S e Select
method S % S Select/enter
number/address S % S A
4
Messaging
[ One Message
[Message List] e Select message
S B S e Delete S % S e Yes
S%
4[Message List] P.4-14 [Message Window] P.4-11
. Attached files are forwarded.
. To forward SMS messages, select
E Mail or SMS and press %.
G Sending from Drafts
B S e Drafts S % S e Select
message S % S Complete
message S A
Sending Unsent Messages
G Opening Sender/Recipient Details G
[ Sending without Editing
[Message List] e Select message
S B S e View Mail Address S
% S e Select sender or recipient
S%
B S e Unsent Messages S %
S e Select message S B S e
Resend S %
[ Edit & Send
B S e Unsent Messages S % S
e Select message S B S e Edit
S % S Complete message S A
4-17
Additional Functions
0 Managing Messages 2
G Using Sent Messages
4
Messaging
B S e Sent Messages S % S
e Select folder S % S e Select
message S B S e Edit & Send
S % S Complete message S A
Folders
G Renaming Folders
[Folder List]/[Chat Folder List] e
Select folder S B S e Rename
S % S Enter name S %
G Deleting Folders
[Folder List] e Select folder S B
S e Delete S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
. Empty folder before deleting it.
G Adding Folders
[Folder List]/[Chat Folder List] B
S e Create New Folder S % S
Enter name S %
4-18
4[Folder List] P.4-14 [Chat Folder List] P.4-16 [Message List] P.4-14
G Canceling Secret
Unlock Secret folders temporarily
and e (select Secret folder) S B
S e Unset Secret S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
Sorting into Folders
G Re-sorting Messages
[Folder List]/[Chat Folder List] e
Select folder S B S e Classify
S%
G Moving Messages Manually
[Message List] e Select message
S B S e Manage Msg. S % S
e Move to Folder S % S e
Select folder S %
Chat Folders
G Deleting Folders
[Chat Folder List] e Select folder
S B S e Delete Folder S % S
e Yes S %
G Deleting All Messages
[Chat Folder List] e Select folder
S % S B S e Manage Msg. S
% S e Delete All S % S e Yes
S%
G Resetting Chat Folders
[Chat Folder List] B S e Reset
S % S Enter Handset Code S %
S e Yes S %
Internet Services ............................ 5-2
Browsing ........................................ 5-5
Service Basics ................................. 5-2
Basic Operations ..............................5-5
Disney Web..................................... 5-3
Bookmarks & Saved Pages .......... 5-7
Using Disney Web ........................... 5-3
Using Bookmarks & Saved Pages....5-7
PC Site Browser ............................. 5-4
Additional Functions ..................... 5-8
Using PC Site Browser .................... 5-4
5
Disney Web
&
PC Site Browser
5-1
Internet Services
Service Basics
Access the Mobile Internet via Disney Web, or view PC Internet sites via PC Site Browser.
. Service requires a separate contract; retrieve Network Information to use these services.
. For more about Disney Web, see Disney Mobile Website (P.14-21).
5
Disney Web & PC Site Browser
Transmission/Information Fees
Some page content may automatically
activate Internet connection incurring
transmission fees. Information fees may
also apply.
Security
Electronic certificates are saved on
handset to support SSL (encryption
protocol for Internet transmissions of
important/sensitive information).
Advanced
1(Clearing cookies
5-2
(Clearing authentication information (P.13-10)
Secure Pages
. A confirmation appears before entering
and exiting secure pages.
. When a security notice appears,
subscribers must decide for themselves
whether or not to open the page.
Opening secure pages constitutes
agreement to the terms of usage. Disney
Mobile, VeriSign Japan, Cybertrust,
Entrust Japan, GlobalSign, RSA Security
and SECOM Trust Systems cannot be
held liable for any damages associated
with the use of SSL.
Disney Web
Using Disney Web
Opening Main Menu
Internet pages may not open depending
on connection/Server status, etc.
1 A S Connection starts
+4
1w
Internet Page
. Disney Web Main Menu appears.
. To disconnect, press A.
2 g Highlight menu item
S%
. Corresponding page opens.
. Repeat 2 to open additional links.
3 " S e Yes S %
S Page closes
Using History
1 % S e Disney Web S %
S e History S %
{
1w
History
D
C
E XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
E XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 g Select item S %
S Connection starts
. Corresponding page opens.
3 " S e Yes S %
S Page closes
5
Entering URLs Directly
1 % S e Disney Web S %
S e Enter URL S %
{
1w
Enter URL
G
X/XXXX
http://
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Enter URL Window
2 Enter URL S %
S Connection starts
. Corresponding page opens.
Disney Web & PC Site Browser
Cursor
Returning to Previous Page
[Internet Page] A S Previous page
opens
, Follow these steps to return to the
initial page.
[Internet Page] B S e Forward S %
Returning to Disney Web Main Menu
[Internet Page] B S e Disney Web
S%
User Authentication
Enter user ID or password S % S A
Streaming
. Enjoy audiovisual media while it downloads.
. Packet transmission fees apply even
while stream is paused.
3 " S e Yes S %
S Page closes
History List
Advanced
0 (Switching Browsers
URLs (P.5-8)
(Deleting History (Using Previously Entered
1(Resetting browser settings and stored information (Bookmarks, Saved
Pages, etc.) (Restoring default handset settings (P.13-10)
5-3
PC Site Browser
Using PC Site Browser
Open PC sites from "Disney.jp" (preset
home page).
. Internet pages may not open depending on
connection/Server status, etc.
. Browsing PC sites may incur higher charges.
5
2 e Homepage S %
S Connection starts
+4
C
1w
Disney Web & PC Site Browser
1 % S e Disney Web S %
S e PC Site Browser S %
{
Pointer
1w
PC Site Browser
uHomepage
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
HBookmarks
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ISaved Pages
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
JEnter URL
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
KHistory
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
DDisney Web
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
LPC Site Browser...
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Internet Page
. "Disney.jp" Home opens.
. When a message appears, follow
onscreen prompts.
. To disconnect, press A.
3 g Highlight menu item
S%
. Corresponding page opens.
. Repeat 3 to open additional links.
4 " S e Yes S %
S Page closes
Returning to Previous Page
[Internet Page] A S Previous page
opens
, Follow these steps to return to the
initial page.
[Internet Page] B S e Forward S %
Returning to "Disney.jp" Home
[Internet Page] B S e Homepage
S%
User Authentication
Enter user ID or password S % S A
Using History
In 2, e History S % S g Select
item S %
Entering URLs Directly
In 2, e Enter URL S % S Enter
URL S %
Widescreen
Browse PC sites in wideview.
1 On a page, B S e
Convenient Functions S %
2 e Rotation S %
. Repeat the above steps to return to
standard view.
Advanced
0 (Switching Browsers
URLs (P.5-8)
5-4
(Deleting History (Using Previously Entered
1(Resetting browser settings and stored information (Bookmarks, Saved
Pages, etc.) (Restoring default handset settings (Hiding PC Site
Browser activation/change confirmation (P.13-10)
Browsing
Basic Operations
Tabbed Browsing
Page Browsing
Open another page in a new tab and
switch between tabs.
Scrolling Pages
+4
1w
ﾆｭｰｽ（総合）
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
（ﾄﾋﾟｯｸ1）
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ｱﾒﾘｶで行われた世界
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
腕相撲大会で、日本
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
より参加の石橋さん
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
が見事優勝。
日本人
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Scroll Bar
Switching Frames
On framed pages, Long Press & to
select other frames.
Viewing Single Frame
Select frame S B S e Frame In S %
, To return, press $.
1 On a page, g (select menu
item) S B S e Open in
New Tab S %
+4
1w
WallpaperWallpaperWallp
天気予報
ﾆｭｰｽ（総合）
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ﾆｭｰｽ（総合）
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
（ﾄﾋﾟｯｸ1）
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ｱﾒﾘｶで行われた世界
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
腕相撲大会で、日本
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
より参加の石橋さん
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
が見事優勝。
日本人
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Tab
. When pointer navigation is active,
point to a tab and press % to open it.
2 ( (Long)
. Options menu, scrolling, etc. are not
available until 3 is performed.
3 f Select tab S %
5
Disney Web & PC Site Browser
If page content continues beyond view,
scroll bar appears beside/below window.
Use g to scroll pages.
Long Press g to scroll continuously. On
PC sites, use Page Navigation to confirm
current page position.
Opening a Third Page
After 3, g (select menu item) S B
S e Tab Menu S % S e Open in
New Tab S %
Closing Tabs
( (Long) S f Select tab S % S
B S e Tab Menu S % S e Close
Tab or Close All Other Tabs S %
Advanced
0 (Switching View
(Zooming on Pages (Zoom Factor) (Jumping to
Specific Locations (Zooming Specific Areas (Copying Text
(Sending URLs via Mail (Searching Current Page (P.5-8)
1(Changing character size
(Changing scroll unit (Hiding navigation
map for continuous scroll (Disabling automatic image download
(Disabling automatic sound playback (P.13-10)
5-5
Browsing
Text Entry
1 On a page, g (select text
entry field) S %
+4
1w
Input:
G
5
X/XXK
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Disney Web & PC Site Browser
2 Enter text S %
. Internet page returns.
Using Entered Text (Input Memory)
[Internet Page] g Select text entry
field S % S B S e Advanced S
% S e Input Memory S % S e
Select text S %
Pull-down Menu Item Selection
1 On a page, g (select menu
list field) S %
+4
Page Item Indicators
Selection Items
Buttons o or boxes n appear.
1w
お名前
1 On a page, g (select button
or box) S %
性別
O男 o女
都道府県
未入力
北海道
青森
岩手
送信
+4
1w
お名前
2 e Select item S %
When Multiple Selection is Supported
. Select items as needed and press $.
性別
O男 o女
都道府県
東京都
. o/n changes to O/p.
Execution Items
Execute the assigned command.
1 On a page, g (select
command) S %
Advanced
0 (Saving Files to Data Folder
(Using Linked Info (Jumping to Page
Top/Bottom (Activating/Canceling Pointer Navigation (Cursor Settings)
(Opening Function Shortcuts (Playing Media Streams (P.5-9)
5-6
1(Clearing cache (temporarily saved information)
Card as primary download storage (P.13-10)
(Using Memory
Bookmarks & Saved Pages
Using Bookmarks & Saved Pages
2 g Select title S %
Bookmarks
. Corresponding page opens.
Bookmark sites for quick access.
Saving Bookmarks
1 On a page, B S e
. Save appears only for savable pages.
2 Enter/edit title S %
1 % S e Disney Web S %
S e Bookmarks S %
{
1w
Bookmarks
DD C Ca
E Disney Web
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
E ﾃﾞｨｽﾞﾆｰｻｲﾄ一覧
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
E 端末･ｻｰ ｽ情報
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
{
1w
Saved Pages
ﾆｭｰｽ（総合）
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ーーーーーーー
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ーーーーーーー
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ーーーーーーー
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ーーーーーーー
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ーーーーーーー
Saved Pages
ーーーーーーー
ーーーーーーー
ーーーーーーー
ーーーーーーー
ーーーーーーー
ーーーーーーー
ーーーーーーー
Save page content; handset opens saved
pages without connecting to the Internet.
Saving Pages
Opening Bookmarks
S e Saved Pages S %
1 On a page, B S e Saved
Pages S % S e Save S %
. Save appears only for savable pages.
2 Enter/edit title S %
Saved Pages List
2 e Select page S %
. Corresponding page opens.
Opening Saved Pages Online
[Internet Page] B S e Saved Pages
S % S e Open List S % S e
Select page S %
5
Disney Web & PC Site Browser
Bookmarks S % S e
Save S %
Opening Bookmarks Online
[Internet Page] B S e Bookmarks
S % S e Open List S % S e
Select title S %
Opening Saved Pages
1 % S e Disney Web S %
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Bookmarks List
Advanced
0 (Deleting Titles/Pages
(Editing Titles (Editing Bookmarked URLs
(Sending Bookmarked URLs via Mail (P.5-10)
5-7
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions 1
Connecting/Browsing
G Switching Browsers
5
Disney Web & PC Site Browser
[Internet Page] B S e Change to
PC Browser or Switch Browser S
% S e This Page or Linked Page
S % S % S e Yes or No S %
. Pressing A does not open previous
page.
G Deleting History
[ One Entry
[History List] e Select item S B
S e Delete S % S e Yes S %
[ All Entries
[History List] B S e Delete All S
% S Enter Handset Code S % S
e Yes S %
G Using Previously Entered URLs
[Enter URL Window] B S e URL
Entry Log S % S e Select URL
S%S%
5-8
4[Internet Page] P.5-3, P.5-4 [History List] P.5-3 [Enter URL Window] P.5-3
PC Site Browser
G Switching View
[Internet Page] B S e PC Screen
or Small Screen S %
. In Small Screen view, PC sites are
redesigned to fit Display.
G Zooming on Pages (Zoom Factor)
[Internet Page] 1 (Long) or 3
(Long) S f Select scale S %
G Jumping to Specific Locations
[Internet Page] 5 (Long) S
Quick Movement map appears S
g Select location S %
G Zooming Specific Areas
[Internet Page] g Point to area S
7 (Long)
. Pointed area is enlarged and shown in
the lower half of Display. Long Press
7 to toggle Zoom Area options
(Small, Large and Off).
Handling Information
G Copying Text
[Internet Page] B S e Copy Text
S % S g Select first character S
% S g Highlight text range S %
G Sending URLs via Mail
[Internet Page] B S e
Convenient Functions S % S e
Send URL S % S e E Mail or
SMS S % S Complete message
SA
. E Mail Composition window opens
automatically depending on character
count.
G Searching Current Page
[Internet Page] B S e
Convenient Functions S % S e
Search S % S Enter search text
S%
. Press % to jump to next search result,
if any.
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions 2
G Saving Files to Data Folder
[ Files on Page
. Some files are saved automatically.
[ Background Images
[Internet Page] B S e Save
Items S % S e Save
Background Image S % S e
Save S % S g Save here S %
[ Dialing Numbers
[Internet Page] g Highlight
number S % S e Call or Video
Call S %
[ Sending Messages
[Internet Page] g Highlight
number or mail address S % S
e Create Message S % S e
E Mail or SMS S % S Complete
message S A
Page Operations
G Jumping to Page Top/Bottom
[Internet Page] B S e
Convenient Functions S % S e
Jump to Top or Jump to Bottom
S%
Pointer
G Activating/Canceling
Navigation (Cursor Settings)
[Internet Page] ! (Long)
G Opening Function Shortcuts
[Internet Page] B S e Help S %
Streaming
5
Disney Web & PC Site Browser
[Internet Page] B S e Save
Items S % S e Select file S %
S e Save S % S g Save here
S%
G Using Linked Info
4[Internet Page] P.5-3, P.5-4
G Playing Media Streams
[Internet Page] g Select file S %
. Downloaded content cannot be saved.
5-9
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions 3
Bookmarks & Saved Pages
G Deleting Titles/Pages
5
[ One Title/Page
Disney Web & PC Site Browser
[Bookmarks List]/[Saved Pages
List] g Select item S B S e
Delete S % S e Yes S %
[ All Titles/Pages
[Bookmarks List]/[Saved Pages
List] B S e Delete All S % S
Enter Handset Code S % S e
Yes S %
G Editing Titles
[ Bookmarks
[Bookmarks List] g Select title S
B S e Edit S % S e Title: S
% S Enter title S % S A
[ Saved Pages
[Saved Pages List] e Select page
S B S e Rename S % S Enter
title S %
5-10
G Editing Bookmarked URLs
4[List] Bookmarks: P.5-7, Saved Pages: P.5-7
[Bookmarks List] g Select title S
B S e Edit S % S e URL: S
% S Edit S % S A
G Sending Bookmarked URLs via Mail
[Bookmarks List] g Select title S
B S e Send S % S e As
Message S % S e E Mail or
SMS S % S Complete message
SA
. E Mail Composition window opens
automatically depending on character
count.
Digital TV ........................................ 6-2
TV Player ........................................ 6-7
Basics .............................................. 6-2
Area Setup....................................... 6-4
Watching TV .................................... 6-5
TV Timer ......................................... 6-9
Recording/Playing Programs............6-7
TV Timer & TV Timer Recording ......6-9
Additional Functions ................... 6-10
6
Digital TV
6-1
Digital TV
Basics
DM002SH supports One Seg terrestrial digital television broadcast services developed for mobile devices in Japan.
Watch Live Television
Set up a channel list for your
service area to access available
programming.
6
Multi Job
View Data Broadcasts
In addition to audio and visuals,
enjoy text, program-related
information and interactive
services.
Landscape Position
Enjoy widescreen TV images in landscape position.
. Use g according to TV orientation.
(Key assignments change as follows.)
Record & Play Back Shows
Digital TV
8
Record current program on
Memory Card for later viewing on
handset.
Tokyo 23 W Channel 1
16tニュース
s
P Options
Access TV Listing (EPG)
Reserve TV Programs
Access TV Listing (EPG) to find
program channels and times; set
Reservations by date and time to
record shows or activate TV.
Record a show or activate TV at a
specified time; enter dates &
times manually or reference TV
Listing electronic program guide.
{
1w
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
毎週X曜 XX時より放送中
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ﾌﾟﾚｾﾞﾝﾄ情報☆
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
次回の見どころは?
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
携帯ｻｲﾄへ
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ニュース
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Tokyo 23 W K
I
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
16
Channel 1
EPG
REC 4 8
2
h
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
F
Options
Panel
＜
s
HOLD
V
ch
s
8
6-2
K II 1}
{
Watch TV in one half of Display
using the other to access
messaging functions or open
Phone Book/Call Log.
HOLD
V
＞
F
Ｉ
ｎ
ｆ
ｏ．
:●
HOLD
V
08
Panel
2 HOLD
: EPG
V
f (left/right)
e (up/down)
Digital TV
Precautions
Digital TV Antenna
Pulling Antenna by its top, extend it fully;
fold/rotate Antenna to find best reception.
Unless transmission source is near,
extend it for better reception.
After TV Use
Align top and bottom parts and push
down Antenna until it stops.
Fit in
Inner Sides
(Grooved)
6
Align
Digital TV
. Do not use TV while driving or riding a
bicycle. Accidents may result. Mobile
phone use while driving is prohibited by the
Road Traffic Law (revised November 1,
2004). When walking, always pay attention
to your surroundings, especially near road/
rail crossings, etc.
. When using TV while charging battery,
separate AC Charger and Antenna to avoid
interference.
. Call transmissions, incoming messages or
mobile phone use in the immediate vicinity
may affect audiovisual quality.
. Programming may not be viewable or
record properly when:
, Too far from or too close to broadcasting
stations
, In mountainous areas or near tall buildings
, Aboard trains or in moving vehicles
, Near high-voltage lines, neon lights or
wireless base stations
, Near railroad tracks or highways
, Anywhere a jamming signal is broadcast/
reception is unstable
Retract Antenna, aligning top and bottom
parts, inner sides down; fold it down then
push it in until bead fits snugly into dimple.
Dimple
Outer Sides
Bead
Housing
Do not force Antenna closed with bottom
and top parts misaligned, or carry handset
with Antenna extended; damage may result.
6-3
Digital TV
Area Setup
Follow these steps when activating TV for
the first time. Set up channels by area.
1&
Yes
No
Digital TV
. Setup confirmation appears.
2 e Yes S %
{
1w
Select Region
Hokkaido/Tohoku
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Hokuriku/Koshin'e...
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Kanto
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Tokai
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e Select region S %
{
S e Select locality S %
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Tokyo
Tokyo 23 Wards
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
set.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. After setup, channel list appears.
Channels unset.
Set now?
6
4 e Select prefecture S %
1w
Select Prefecture
Ibaraki
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Tochigi
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Gunma
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Saitama
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5%
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
$チャンネル4
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Saved Tokyo 23
%チャ
ンネル5
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Wards
in Area 1.
&]チャンネル6
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
'Channel 7
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. To watch TV, select Digital TV and
press %.
Watching TV without Setting Channels
In 2, e No S %
, In this case, setup confirmation
appears each time TV is activated.
Watching TV without Completing Area Setup
In 3, e Other Region S %
Advanced
0 (Adding Reception Areas
6-4
(Switching Reception Areas (P.6-10)
1(Renaming Areas
(Updating all channels in the Area (Assigning
key function to f (Reassigning channels to other keys (Deleting
channels (P.13-12)
Digital TV
Watching TV
Follow these steps after completing Area
setup.
Use g according to TV orientation.
1&
K II 1}
{
8
Tokyo 23 W Channel 1
16tニュース
s
:●
HOLD
V
08
Panel
2 HOLD
: EPG
V
TV Window
2 Use Keypad to select a
channel
. Use f to switch channels one by
one; Long Press to find channel with
stable signal automatically.
3 " S e Yes S %
S TV ends
0 (Viewing Key Assignments
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
Tokyo 23 W
Channel 1
6
3
2
7
1
4
6
Tokyo 23 W Channel 1
ニュース
5
8
Key Assignments
B
A
D (Long)
&
EF
)
e
Advanced
Panel Description
Indicator positions may vary by display size.
Digital TV
F
P Options
Ｉ
ｎ
ｆ
ｏ．
Watching TV in Portrait Position
[TV Window] B S g Settings S %
S g Screen Size S % S g
Normal(Portrait) or Enlarge(Portrait)
S%
, View TV in portrait position to see Data
Broadcast information.
Incoming Calls
. Press ! to answer calls.
. When S! Circle Talk request arrives,
press D to start S! Circle Talk.
Incoming Messages
. Double beep sounds and New Message
notice appears. Long Press B to open
messages.
"
(Enlarging Widescreen View (Saving
Current Channel (Enlarging Specific Image Portion (Changing
Audiovisual Setting (Using Wireless Headphones (P.6-10)
Open Options menu
Toggle Panel on/off
Record
Activate TV/Change Area
Volume control
Toggle Display
Widescreen: Adjust volume
Portrait: Scroll Data
Broadcast items
Exit TV
1
2
3
4
Program name
Channel key
Area name
Station name
5
6
7
8
Sound Language
Signal strength*
Channel
Volume
*
The more bars the better.
1(Image (Selecting sound option (Showing calls or S! Circle Talk
requests while watching TV (Additional TV Settings (P.13-11 - 13-12)
6-5
Digital TV
Data Broadcast (Japanese)
In portrait position, Data Broadcast text
appears below TV image; use e to select
an item and press % to access
program-related information and
interactive services.
{
1w
6
TV image
Digital TV
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
毎週X曜 XX時より放送中
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ﾌﾟﾚｾﾞﾝﾄ情報☆
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
次回の見どころは?
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Data
Broadcast
Data Broadcast Window
. Data Broadcast information viewing is
free, however, using data links/related
services incurs Internet connection fees.
. A confirmation appears the first time a
fee-based Network connection is
established from a channel; if accepted,
further Network connections are
established without confirmation until the
channel is changed.
TV Listing (Japanese)
1 In TV window, A (Long)
. EPG application starts; refer to the
application's help menu for
operational instructions.
. When using EPG application for the
first time, a confirmation appears.
Follow onscreen instructions.
Multi Job
1 In TV window, '
{
気象情報
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
東京都
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
明日U/W
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Shortcuts
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
yMain Menu
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
uEnter Number
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
!!Received Msg.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
""Create Message
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
F
Program Info
1 In TV window, %
{
1w
Program Info.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XX:XX - XX:XX
ニュース
XX:XX - XX:XX
天気予報
XX:XX - XX:XX
ドラマ
Program Info Window
2 e Select program S %
2 e Select function S %
. To toggle function windows, press ).
3 " S Function window
closes
. To return, press $ twice.
Opening Program Info in Portrait Position
[TV Window] B S e Program Info.
S%S2
Advanced
0 (Changing Display View
6-6
(Returning to Initial Window (P.6-11)
1w
1(Selecting subtitle display option
(P.13-11)
TV Player
Recording/Playing Programs
Record clips on Memory Card while
watching TV.
Recording Programs
1 In TV window, % (Long) S
Recording starts
{
8
K II 1}
HG
Tokyo 23 W Channel 1
16tニュース
s
6
XX:XX:XX
F
Ｉ
ｎ
ｆ
ｏ．
:■
HOLD
V
08
2 Panel
. Changing volume, etc. does not
affect recordings.
Digital TV
P Options
● Precautions
. Saved files cannot be copied/forwarded
or attached to E Mail.
. DM002SH encryption technology
prevents unauthorized copying or
playback through data encryption and
authentication.
. Copyright laws limit duplicated material
to private use only, and prohibit
unauthorized reproduction/other use.
. Disney Mobile is not liable for any
damages resulting from accidental loss
or alteration of recorded content.
2 % (Long) S Recording
ends
Recording Programs in Portrait Position
D (Long)
Memory/Battery Runs Low or Video
Call/S! Circle Talk Request is Accepted
. Recording stops. (Recorded clip is saved.)
When Small Light Illuminates Yellow
. Signal is not received. Move to a place
where Small Light illuminates green
(moderate reception) or blue (strong
reception).
Advanced
1(Recording content without text data
(P.13-11)
6-7
TV Player
Playback Operations
Playing Recorded Programs
1 % S e TV S % S e TV
Player S %
{
G
. Adjust volume or enlarge image portion in
the same way as while watching TV.
. Use g according to TV orientation.
1w
Video List
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Video List
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
jニュース
XX/XX XX:XX Channel 1
jドラマ
XX/XX XX:XX Channel 2
6
Digital TV
. N indicates the file is unplayable.
2 e Select file S %
{
K
G
Tokyo 23 W Channel 1
I
1}
ニュース
1
2
▲ P Options
XX:XX:XX/XX:XX:XX
F Pause 08
Fast Forward
Fast Rewind
Skip Forward
Skip Backward
Pause2
Split
Create Marker
d
c1
#
(
% (A in portrait position)
D (Long)
D
Toggle Panel
On/Off
A (& in portrait position)
Long Press to replay. (Available when no
Marker is saved.)
To advance frames, press f while paused.
2 Panel
Playback Window
. Playback starts. (The last played file
plays from where it stopped.)
3 A (Long) S Playback stops
Advanced
0 (Checking Memory Card Memory Status
(Playing Files Repeatedly
(Playing Files with Markers (Playing Split Files (Renaming Files
(Deleting Files (P.6-11)
6-8
TV Timer
TV Timer & TV Timer Recording
1 % S e TV S % S e
Reservation List S %
{
G
1w
Reservation List
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
<Empty>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Reservation List
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
New Entry
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
From
TV Listing
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Manual
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e Manual S % S e
Programming or Recording
S%
{
G
1w
Starting Date/Time
XXXX / XX / XX
YYYY MM DD
Select channel S % S A
. When a confirmation appears, read
the message and press %.
At Timer Time (TV Alarm Time)
TV and Alarm activate. Alarm ends after
the set duration.
{
Setting Timer via EPG
After 2, e From TV Listing S %
, Refer to the application's help menu for
operational instructions.
Timer Recording Precautions
, End the current operations.
, Make sure TV reception is good.
, Confirm battery is adequately charged
and there is enough free memory.
Memory Card must be inserted to start
recording.
57
1w
TV Alarm
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Reservation time for
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
watching TV will come
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
soon.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Finish application.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Recording starts slightly before the Timer
start time and ends a few seconds after
the Timer end time.
6
Digital TV
2 B S e New Entry S %
5 e Channel: S % S e
While Using Another Function
. Confirmation appears if Timer recording
cannot start in current state; press %
then end application to enable Timer.
When TV is Activated for Timer Recording
. Audio output is redirected to Speaker/
Headphones even if gSound Output is set
to Bluetooth Device. (TV audio is muted.)
XX : XX
HH
MM
4 Enter start date/time S %
S Enter end date/time S %
Advanced
0 (Setting Timer via Program Info
(Opening/Editing Timer Details
(Opening/Deleting Timer Log (P.6-12)
1(Changing TV Alarm Time
(P.13-12)
6-9
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions 1
Area & Channel
G Adding Reception Areas
6
Digital TV
[TV Window] B S g Set Channels
S % S g Change Area S % S
e Select Area S B S e Set Area
Info S % S e Select region S %
S e Select prefecture S % S e
Select locality S % S %
G Switching Reception Areas
[TV Window] & S e Select
Area S %
TV Window Operations
G Viewing Key Assignments
[TV Window] B S g Help S %
G Enlarging Widescreen View
[TV Window] B S g Settings S
% S g Screen Size S % S g
Full Screen S %
6-10
4[TV Window] P.6-5
G Saving Current Channel
G Using Wireless Headphones
[TV Window] B S g Set Channels
S % S g Save Channel S % S
e Select key S %
. To overwrite a saved channel, choose
Yes and press %.
G Enlarging Specific Image Portion
[TV Window] 1 - 9
. Widescreen Long Press Key Assignments:
3
Upper left
6
Upper center
9
Upper right
2 Left
5 Center
8 Right
1
Lower left
4
Lower center
7
Lower right
G Changing Audiovisual Setting
[TV Window] B S g AV mode
select S % S g Select effect S %
[TV Window] ' (Long)
. Pair SCMS-T DRM scheme compliant
Bluetooth® headphones beforehand.
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions 2
Data Broadcast (Portrait Position Only)
G Changing Display View
[Data Broadcast Window] B S e
Change View (Data) S %
[Data Broadcast Window] B S e
Back to Top S %
Recording/Playback
G Checking Memory Card Memory
Status
[Video List] B S e Memory
Remaining S %
G Playing Files with Markers
[ Skipping between Markers
[Playback Window] c (Long) or
d (Long)
[ Moving to Specific Markers
[Playback Window] 0 - 9
G Playing Split Files
[Video List] e Select split file S
A S e Select file S %
Recorded Programs
G Renaming Files
[Video List] e Select file S B S e
Rename S % S Enter name S %
G Deleting Files
[ Single Files
[Video List] e Select file S B S
e Delete S % S e Yes S %
6
Digital TV
G Returning to Initial Window
4[Data Broadcast Window] P.6-6 [Video List] P.6-8 [Playback Window] P.6-8
[ All Files
[Video List] B S e Delete All S
% S Enter Handset Code S % S
e Yes S %
G Playing Files Repeatedly
[Video List] B S e Playback
Pattern S % S e Repeat S %
6-11
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions 3
TV Timer/TV Recording Timer
G Setting Timer via Program Info
[ Watching Programs
6
Digital TV
[Program Info Window] e Select
program S B S e Programming
S%
[ Recording Programs
[Program Info Window] e Select
program S A
. Timer entries set via Program Info are
updated with program changes
automatically. Program cancellations
cancel corresponding Timer entries.
(Poor signal conditions may inhibit
updates or cancellations.)
[ Opening Reservation List
[Program Info Window] B S e
Reservation List S %
4[Program Info Window] P.6-6 [Reservation List] P.6-9
G Opening/Editing Timer Details
[ Opening Entries
[Reservation List] e Select entry
S%
[ Editing Entries
[Reservation List] e Select entry
S B S e Edit S % S Edit S A
. Some entries may not be edited
depending on the content.
[ Deleting Entries
[Reservation List] e Select entry
S B S e Delete S % S e Yes
S%
G Opening/Deleting Timer Log
[ Opening Timer Log
[Reservation List] A S e Select
record S %
[ Playing Recorded Programs
[Reservation List] A S e Select
record S B
[ Deleting Records
[Reservation List] A S e Select
record S A S e Yes S %
6-12
Camera............................................ 7-2
Editing Images ............................... 7-8
Getting Started ................................ 7-2
Photo Camera................................. 7-4
Getting Started .................................7-8
Editing Procedures ...........................7-9
Capturing Still Images ..................... 7-4
Printing ......................................... 7-11
Video Camera ................................. 7-5
Printing Images ..............................7-11
Recording Video .............................. 7-5
Additional Functions ................... 7-12
Shooting Modes ............................. 7-6
Using Shooting Modes .................... 7-6
7
Camera & Imaging
7-1
Camera
Getting Started
Capture still images or record video.
Various Image Sizes
Select small sizes to send captured
images/recorded video via E Mail*; select
larger sizes for higher resolutions.
Self-timer
7
Camera & Imaging
7-2
Set shutter to release after set time.
Multiple Shooting Modes
Apply effect or add frame, capture
sequential/panoramic or scan images.
Imaging Functions
Edit captured images or print on a
compatible printer.
*Images/video may not be delivered as sent depending on file size or recipient devices.
Precautions
. Clean dust/smudges from lens cover with
a soft cloth before use.
. Mobile camera is a precision instrument,
however, some pixels may appear
brighter or darker.
. Shooting/saving images while handset is
hot may affect the image quality.
. Subjecting the lens to direct sunlight will
damage the camera's color filter.
Auto Shut-off
. Before image capture/recording, mobile
camera shuts down after a period of
inactivity and handset returns to Standby.
Shutter Click
. Shutter click volume is fixed, and sounds
even in Manner mode.
Camera
Video Viewfinder
Display Indicators
The following indicators appear at the top
of Display.
Photo Viewfinder
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
4
5
3
6
6
7
8
7
1
2
3
4
Capacity
Picture Quality
Picture Size
Continuous Shoot
5
6
7
8
Scene
Exposure
Save to
Self-timer
4 Exposure
5 Save to
6 Self-timer
Camera & Imaging
1 Video Quality
2 Record Size
3 Record Time
7-3
Photo Camera
Capturing Still Images
1 % S e Camera S %
{
IAM
1w
@
2 Frame image on Display
S%
QE
{
1w
IAM
@
Options
1
QE
Sending Captured Images via E Mail
After 2, A S Complete message S A
, May not be delivered as sent depending
on file size or recipient devices.
Opening Saved Images
After 3, B S g Data Folder S %
S e Select file S %
7
Camera & Imaging
Photo Viewfinder
. Pre-Image Capture Operations:
a/b
A
c/d
5
0
Zoom in/out
(9: maximum/off)
Toggle mode
Adjust image brightness
(darker/brighter)
Change image size
Open Help
3
Hold
Image Save Window
. Shutter clicks and the captured
image appears. (To discard file and
start over, press $.)
3%
. Image is saved. (Viewfinder returns
for another shot.)
. Open saved images from Data Folder.
4 " S Camera shuts down
Advanced
0 (Adjusting Focus Quickly for Close-up Shots
(Adjusting Image
Brightness (Sending Images Wirelessly (Changing Image Size
(Changing Mode According to Lighting or Subject (P.7-12)
7-4
1(Changing save location
(Activating automatic saving (Selecting
image quality (Changing shutter click sound (P.13-13)
Video Camera
Recording Video
1 % S e Camera S %
SA
3%
{
{
B4
1w
5
K 00:00:00
z
XXXKB/XXXKB
1
Video Viewfinder
. For pre-recording operations, see
P.7-4 "Pre-Image Capture Operations."
2 Frame image on Display S %
Save
Save
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Preview
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Send
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Video Save Menu
. Recording stops with a tone. (To
discard file and start over, press $.)
4 e Save S %
. Video is saved. (Viewfinder returns
for another shot.)
. Play saved video from Data Folder or
Media Player.
5 " S Camera shuts down
Playing Unsaved Video
In 4, e Preview S %
Playing Saved Video
After 4, B S g Data Folder S %
S e Select file S %
Sending Recorded Video via E Mail
In 4, e Send S % S e Save and
Send S % S Complete message S A
, May not be delivered as sent depending
on file size or recipient devices.
Incoming Calls
. If a call arrives before recorded video is
saved, captured clip is temporarily saved.
End the call to return.
When Battery Runs Low
. Recording stops. (Captured clip is saved.)
7
Camera & Imaging
Options
QE
1w
. Recording starts after a tone. (To
start over, press $.)
Advanced
0 (Adjusting Focus Quickly for Close-up Shots
(Adjusting Image
Brightness (Sending Images Wirelessly (Changing Recording Time/
Format (P.7-12)
1(Changing save location
(Activating automatic saving (Selecting
image quality (Recording video without sound (Enlarging Viewfinder
size (P.13-13)
7-5
Shooting Modes
Using Shooting Modes
May be unavailable depending on selected image/video size.
Self-timer
1 In Photo/Video Viewfinder,
B S g Self-timer S %
Continuous Shoot (Photo Camera)
Available Modes:
Capture four separate
images with Index Image
Capture nine separate
images with Index Image
Capture five images to
create a composite image
4 Pictures
Self-timer
S
U
7
OFF
Off
W 10sec V
5sec
9 Pictures
2sec
Overlapped
Camera & Imaging
2 g Select time S %
{
IAM
1w
@F
1 In Photo Viewfinder, B S
g Modes S %
QE
Add Frame
[Off
~ ﾌﾚｰﾑ追加 |
[ ﾊﾟﾉﾗﾏ/ｽｷｬﾅ
Frame
連写
Continuous
]
` 効果付き
Releasing Shutter during Countdown
After 3, %
Incoming Calls/Alarm during Countdown
. Countdown stops. (Self-timer remains active.)
2 g Continuous Shoot S %
Continuous Shoot
Off
OFF
4Pics.
9Pics.
オーバーラップ
Overlapped
Frame S %
2 g Preset Frames S % S
e Select frame S %
3 Frame image on Display S %
. Captured image appears.
3 g Select mode S % S g
Select speed S %
7-6
. All captured images are saved.
Saving the Selected Image
After 4, f (select image) S % S g
Selected Picture S %
1 In mode menu, g Add
Mode Menu
U
5%
6 g All Pictures S %
Adding Frames (Photo Camera)
Self-timer Viewfinder
. After selected time elapses, captured
image appears or recording starts.
. To stop recording, press %.
. After image capture, Index Image or
a composite image appears.
. When shooting speed is set to
Manual (4 Pictures and 9 Pictures
modes), repeat 4 for each frame.
Effects
Panorama
/Scanner
3 Frame image on Display S %
4 Frame image on Display S %
Using Frames in Data Folder
In 2, g Data Folder S % S g
Select frame S % S %
Shooting Modes
Camera Effects (Photo Camera)
1 In mode menu, g Camera
3 Frame image on Display S %
Effects S %
OFF
反転
Negative
Off
f セピア f モノクロ
> スケッチ
Sepia
Monochrome
Sketch
. Captured image appears.
Panorama Picture (Photo Camera)
1 In mode menu, g
Panorama/Scanner S %
Panorama Picture
[Off
( ﾊﾟﾉﾗﾏ撮影 = ｽｷｬﾅ撮影
Panorama
]
Scanner
Panorama/Scanner Menu
2 g Panorama Picture S %
S g On S %
. Move handset slowly to keep &
aligned with either of yellow lines.
. Image is captured automatically
when the bar (6) turns blue.
2 g Select size S % S
Frame image on Display
S%
4%
{
7
1w
Save/Send
Save
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Preview
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Save/Send Menu
. Image is captured.
5 e Save S %
. Image is saved.
Checking Unsaved Images
[Save/Send Menu] e Preview S %
, To change preview method, follow
these steps.
B S g Select method S %
Sending Captured Images via E Mail
[Save/Send Menu] e Save and Send
S % S Complete message S A
. Move handset slowly to scan the
area to capture. (Refer to indicators
on Display.)
3%
. Image is captured and Save/Send
menu opens.
Camera & Imaging
2 g Select effect S %
3 Frame image on Display S %
1 In Panorama/Scanner menu,
g Scanner S %
Camera Effects
g
f
Scanning Images (Photo Camera)
4 e Save S %
. Image is saved.
Checking Unsaved Images
[Save/Send Menu] e Preview S %
Sending Captured Images via E Mail
[Save/Send Menu] e Save and Send
S % S Complete message S A
Advanced
0 (Sending Images Wirelessly
(P.7-12)
7-7
Editing Images
Getting Started
The following options are available.
Some images may not be editable
depending on file type and size.
[ Picture Editor
Resize
Retouch
7
Camera & Imaging
Paste
Stamp
Face Arrange
Frame
Correction
Rotate
File Format
Select from preset sizes
or crop image for size
Dress up images with
preloaded visual effects
Add text/dates to images
Add stamps to images
Make smiley, angry or
sad faces
Add Frame to images
Correct images
Rotate images
Convert file format and
change file size
[ Composite
Merge
Panorama
Split Picture
Combine two still images
into one
Combine up to
four images into one
Basic Operations
1 % S e Data Folder S %
2 e Pictures S % S e
Select image S %
3 B S e Edit S %
4 e Picture Editor or
Composite S %
{
1w
Edit
. To start over, press $.
6 When finished, A
{
1w
Save
Save as New
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Overwrite
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. For Split Picture, skip ahead to 8.
For Merge Panorama, press % and
skip ahead to 8.
7 e Save as New S %
. To overwrite, select Overwrite and
press %. (Omit 8.)
WallpaperWallpaperWallp
Resize
t resize u frame v paste
1
2
3
4
wretouch
5
x stamp
7
scorrect
8
r rotate
z format
0
O
6
y arrange
undo
Picture Editor Menu
WallpaperWallpaperWallp
SplitPicture
XXXxXXX
split
split
P XXXxXXX P XXXxXXX { panorama
1
2
3
Composite Menu
7-8
5 g Select effect S % S
8 Enter name S % S g
Save here S %
Canceling Effects
After 5, g Undo S %
, To restore effect immediately after
canceling, select Redo and press %.
Editing Images
Editing Procedures
Changing Image Size
Resize to Preset Size
1 In Picture Editor menu, g
Resize S %
2 e Select size S %
Cropping Images
1 In Picture Editor menu, g
Resize S %
2 e Cut S %
3 g Move + to the upper left
corner of the portion to crop
S%
4%
Face Arrange S %
Face Arrange
Collage:Right-half
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Collage:Left-half
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Grin
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Face Arrange Menu
2 e Select type S %
3%
. Editing is completed.
4 g Move + to the lower right
. To zoom in/out, press B then use e.
. Omit 3 if there is no rectangle on the
image.
1 In Picture Editor menu, g
corner of the portion to crop
S%
Important Face Arrange Usage Note
. When using Face Arrange, take care not
to create images that may embarrass or
offend others. Always obtain permission
before photographing others.
7
Camera & Imaging
3 g Specify display area
Face Arrange
5 g Specify display area
. To zoom in/out, press B then use e.
. Editing is completed.
6%
. Editing is completed.
Advanced
0 (Applying Visual Effects
(Adding Text (Adding Frames (Adding
Stamps (P.7-13)
7-9
Editing Images
Adjusting Positions
Change the default positions and sizes of
targets to fit the image.
4 g Move + to bottom right of
face S %
Near View
Document
Standard
1 In Face Arrange menu, B
SB
7
Merge Panorama S %
. Face line is set. Set the eyes and
then mouth in the same way.
Camera & Imaging
5%
Merge Panorama
!ImageXXX.jpg
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
"<Empty>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e <Empty> S % S g
Select image S %
3 e EFFECT S % S e
Select effect S %
3%
. Editing is completed.
6 % S e Yes S % S g
Save here S %
. Image is saved as a new entry with
Face Arrange positions adjusted.
Complete Face Arrange. Face Arrange
is applied to the adjusted positions.
Advanced
0 (Correcting Image Parameters
(Rotating Images (Converting File
Format (Combining Reduced Images (P.7-13)
7-10
Best suited for close-up shots
Use for images with text
Apply to other images
1 In Composite menu, g
. A rectangle appears with + in the
upper left corner.
2 g Move + to top left of face
Panorama Images
Panorama Image Effects:
Changing Images
After 3, e (select image) S % S B
S g Select image S %
Switching Image Positions
After 2, B
Printing
Printing Images
Digital Print Order Format (DPOF)
Select images in DCIM folder and specify
the number of copies to print on
DPOF-compatible printers, or at digital
printing services.
DPOF settings made on other devices are
unusable; delete existing settings to
create new ones on handset.
4 e For Each Picture S %
S e Select folder S %
5 g Select image S B
{
G
1w
Images
Set copies of
selected images.
G
1w
Photo Print (DPOF)
Number of Copies
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Settings
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Photo Print Menu
3 e Number of Copies S %
Print S %
(00-99)
00Copy
6 Enter a number of copies to
print S %
. For more settings, repeat 5 - 6.
7A
3 e Via Bluetooth S % S
e Select printer S %
4 e Yes S %
. To cancel, press A.
7
Camera & Imaging
{
1 % S e Data Folder S %
2 e Select image S B S e
f Connectivity
DPOF S %
. Activate Bluetooth® on the printer.
. Some images may not be sent depending
on file type and size.
S e Pictures S %
1 % S e Settings S % S
2 e Memory Card S % S e
Using Printers
Connect handset to a Bluetooth®-compatible
printer and print images in Pictures folder.
When Authorisation Code is Required
Enter Authorisation Code S %
Applying a Number to All Images
In 4, e For All Pictures S % S
Enter a number of copies to print S %
Canceling Specified Number
In 6, enter 00 S % S A
Viewing Current Print Settings
In 3, e Check Settings S %
Advanced
0 (Adding Dates to Prints
(Creating an Index Print (P.7-13)
7-11
Additional Functions
0 Camera
4[Viewfinder] Photo Camera: P.7-4, Video Camera: P.7-5 [Image Save Window] P.7-4 [Save/Send Menu] P.7-7 [Video Save Menu] P.7-5
Photo Camera & Video Camera
Focus Quickly for
G Adjusting
Close-up Shots
[Viewfinder] Slide Portrait/Macro
Selector to Macro (n)
7
G Adjusting Image Brightness
Camera & Imaging
G
[Viewfinder] B S g Exposure S
% S f Adjust level
Sending Images Wirelessly
G Changing Image Size
[Photo Viewfinder] B S g
Picture Size S % S g Select
size S %
Mode According to
G Changing
Lighting or Subject
[Photo Viewfinder] B S g Scene
S % S g Select mode S %
Video Camera
[ Still Images
[Image Save Window] B S g
Send S % S g Bluetooth, Via
Infrared or IrSimple S %
[ Panorama/Scanned Images
[Save/Send Menu] e Send via
Bluetooth, Send via IrDA or Send
via IrSS S %
[ Video
[Video Save Menu] e Send S %
S e Bluetooth or Infrared S %
7-12
Photo Camera
G Changing Recording Time/Format
[Video Viewfinder] B S g Record
Time/Size S % S g For Message,
Extended Video or SD VIDEO S %
S g Select size S %
. For SD VIDEO, choose Yes and press %.
Additional Functions
0 Image Editing & Printing
Editing Images
G Applying Visual Effects
[Picture Editor Menu] g Retouch S
% S e Select effect S % S %
G Adding Text
[Picture Editor Menu] g Paste S
% S e Free Text S % S Enter
text S % S g Move text S %
[ Dates
[Picture Editor Menu] g Paste S
% S e Date S % S g Move
date S %
G Adding Stamps
[Picture Editor Menu] g Stamp S
% S e Select stamp S % S g
Move stamp S %
G Correcting Image Parameters
[Picture Editor Menu] g Correction
S % S e Select type S % S %
G Rotating Images
[Picture Editor Menu] g Rotate S
% S e Select type S % S %
G Converting File Format
[ Outline
[Picture Editor Menu] g Paste S
% S B S f Select text color S
% S b S f Select outline color
S%SA
G Adding Frames
[Picture Editor Menu] g File
Format S % S e File Format or
File Size S % S e Select format/
size S %
G Combining Reduced Images
[Composite Menu] g SplitPicture
240x400 or SplitPicture 240x320 S
% S e Select <Empty> S % S
g Select image S %
. Repeat from selecting <Empty> as
needed.
DPOF
G Adding Dates to Prints
[Photo Print Menu] e Settings S
% S e Add Date S % S e On
S%
G Creating an Index Print
7
Camera & Imaging
[ Text
4[Picture Editor Menu] P.7-8 [Composite Menu] P.7-8 [Photo Print Menu] P.7-11
[Photo Print Menu] e Settings S
% S e Index Print S % S e
On S %
. Changing file format/size may affect file
size/image quality.
[Picture Editor Menu] g Frame S
% S e Select frame S % S %
7-13
Media Player ................................... 8-2
Editing Video.................................. 8-9
Media Basics ................................... 8-2
Music............................................... 8-4
Crop..................................................8-9
Adding Subtitles .............................8-10
Playing Music................................... 8-4
S! Applications ............................ 8-12
Video ............................................... 8-6
Using S! Applications .....................8-12
Playing Video................................... 8-6
Additional Functions ................... 8-14
Playlists .......................................... 8-8
Using Playlists ................................. 8-8
8
Media Player &
S! Applications
8-1
Media Player
Media Basics
Use Media Player to play music/video on DM002SH.
. Download media files from Mobile Internet sites via Media Player directly.
. Transfer PC music files and save them on Memory Card.
Features & File Support:
Music
My Music
SD AUDIO
WMA
Handset/Memory Card
Memory Card
Memory Card
Downloads/Transferred Files
Transferred SD-Audio Files
Transferred WMA Files
8
Media Player & S! Applications
8-2
Videos
My Videos
SD VIDEO
Handset
Memory Card
Memory Card
SD-Video Files
Downloads/Recorded Files
Playback Precautions
. Media Player is not compatible with some
recording/playback formats. Files may
not play depending on the Memory Card
status.
. Playback stops for incoming calls.
. When battery is low, Media Player will not
play. If battery runs low during playback,
Media Player shuts off.
. Turn down the volume if distortion is
noticeable in Speaker sound.
. Handset plays media while it downloads
(streaming); downloaded media cannot
be saved. Packet transmission fees apply
even while stream is paused.
Compatibility
. SD AUDIO and WMA files transferred
from PCs cannot be used as ringtones or
System Sounds.
Media Player
Saving Music Files from PCs
Obtaining Music
Download music from the Internet.
Read information (price, expiry date, etc.)
on the source site.
1 % S e Media Player S %
{
1w
Media Player
iMusic
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
jVideos
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
aStreaming
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
bSettings
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Media Player Menu
{
1w
Music
Last Played Music
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
My Music
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
SD AUDIO
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
WMA
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Download Music
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e Download Music S %
. Follow the links to download media.
Download via Music Search (Japanese)
In 3, e Music Search S %
, Follow onscreen instructions.
Handling Transferred Music
. Copyright laws limit duplicated material
to private use only.
. Comply with copyright and other
intellectual property laws when using
obtained music.
[ Saving WMA Files
Follow these steps to save WMA files via
S! Music Connect (Japanese).
Copy protected files can only be played
on the handset with which the files were
transferred.
1 % S e Settings S % S
f Connectivity S e USB
Mode S %
2 e MTP Mode S % S e
Yes S %
3 Connect handset to a PC via
USB Cable
. Copy music from PC. Refer to the
S! Music Connect help menu for
operational instructions.
4 A S e Yes S % S
Connection ends
. Disconnect USB Cable.
S! Music Connect
. For details, see Utility Software Starter
Guide (Japanese) on Utility Software
CD-ROM.
[ Saving AAC Files
Convert PC music files to
DM002SH-compatible format (P.14-20),
then save to corresponding Memory Card
folder (P.14-22) via Mass Storage.
Install Utility Software CD-ROM
(Japanese) beforehand.
Obtaining Video
1 In Media Player menu, e
Videos S %
{
1w
Videos
Last Played Video
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
My Videos
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Download Videos
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
SD VIDEO
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Settings
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8
Media Player & S! Applications
2 e Music S %
. Use software to convert music file format.
. For software usage and specifications, see
the provider's website, etc.
. USB Cable may be purchased separately.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Download Videos S %
. Follow the links to download media.
8-3
Music
Playing Music
1 % S e Media Player S %
S e Music S %
{
4 e Select file S %
{
1w
g
All Music
1w
Music
Last Played Music
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
My Music
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
SD AUDIO
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Music Menu
2 e My Music S % S f
Select folder
8
{
1w
Media Player & S! Applications
Music Folder
D
c
C
d
eAll Music
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
fﾌﾟﾚｲﾘｽﾄ1
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
fﾌﾟﾚｲﾘｽﾄ2
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Music Playlists Window
3 e All Music S %
{
1w
All Music
i Classic mus... N
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
i Classic mus... N
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Music File List
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
M4A
No Artist Name X:XX:XX
M4A
No Artist Name X:XX:XX
Music Playback Window Indicators
Some indicators may not appear
depending on playback settings.
1
2
3
4
5
Music Playback Window
. Album art appears for compatible files.
1
2
3
4
5
Stopping Playback
While paused, $
Using Other Functions while Playing Music
After 4, $ or "
, To stop playback, follow these steps in
Standby.
" S e Yes S %
Playing SD AUDIO or WMA Files
In 2, e SD AUDIO or WMA S % S
From 3
Searching Music Files
After 3, B S e Search S % S
Enter search text S %
Lyric Display-Compatible Files
. Press A to display lyrics.
6
7
8
9
Title
Artist name
Track number
Status
Playback Pattern
6
7
8
9
Music Playback Operations
c
Replay (Long Press: fast rewind*)
Skip forward (Long Press:
d
fast forward*)
%
Pause
b
Volume down (Long Press: mute)
a
Volume up or cancel mute
' (Long) Switch Sound Output
0
Open Help
*
Advanced
0 (Deleting SD AUDIO Files (Deleting All WMA Files (P.8-5) (Resuming
from Stopped Point (Playing Repeatedly or Randomly (Changing
Sound Effects (Sorting Files (P.8-14)
8-4
Elapsed time
Volume
Information link
Sound Effects
Release for playback.
1(Switching audio output to wireless device
(P.13-14)
Music
Deleting Files
Delete other music files from Data Folder.
G Deleting SD AUDIO Files
[ Single Files
[Music File List] e Select file S
B S e Delete Track S % S e
Yes S %
[ All Files
[Music Playlists Window] e All
Music S B S e Del. All Tracks S
% S e Yes S % S e Yes S %
G Deleting All WMA Files
[Media Player Menu] e Settings
S % S e Delete All WMA S %
S Enter Handset Code S % S e
Yes S %
. Source files will be deleted.
8
Media Player & S! Applications
. Source files will be deleted in both cases.
8-5
Video
Playing Video
1 % S e Media Player S %
S e Videos S %
{
1w
Videos
Last Played Video
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
My
Videos
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Download Videos
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
SD VIDEO
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Settings
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Videos Menu
8
2 e My Videos S % S e
Media Player & S! Applications
Phone Memory or Memory
Card S %
{
1w
Playlist
N
All Videos
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Playlist 1
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Playlist 2
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Video
Playlists Window
3 e All Videos S %
{
4 e Select file S %
{
1w
Video Player
Video Playback Window Indicators
Some indicators may not appear
depending on playback settings.
1
2
3
4
5
Video Playback Window
5 $ S Playback stops
Playing SD VIDEO Files
In 2, e SD VIDEO S % S 4
Searching Video Files
After 3, B S e Search S % S
Enter search text S %
At Alarm Time
. Playback stops.
Video Recorded on Other Devices
. Video image may appear rotated.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
c
Replay (Long Press: fast rewind*)
Skip forward (Long Press while
d
paused: advance frames,
Long Press: fast forward*)
2/) Toggle Display Size
No Author X:XX:XX
No Author X:XX:XX
*
Release for playback.
Advanced
0 (Deleting SD VIDEO Files
(P.8-7) (Resuming from Stopped Point
(Playing Repeatedly or Randomly (Changing Sound Effects
(Changing Playback Size (Sorting Files (P.8-14)
8-6
Elapsed time
Volume
Information link
Sound Effects
Video Playback Operations
N
videoXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
videoXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Video File List
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Title
Author name
Clip number
Status
Playback Pattern
For pause, volume up/down, sound output
or help, see P.8-4 "Music Playback
Operations."
1w
All Videos
6
7
8
9
1(Switching audio output to wireless device
(P.13-14)
Video
Deleting Files
Delete other video files from Data Folder.
G Deleting SD VIDEO Files
[Video File List] e Select file S B
S e Delete S % S e Yes S %
. Source files will be deleted.
8
Media Player & S! Applications
8-7
Playlists
Using Playlists
Playlists store playback orders. Add
favorite media files to Playlists, or
organize files by artist/genre.
Playlists store only file locations. Source
files remain in All Music or All Videos.
2 e My Music S %
3 g All Music S % S e
Select file S B
{
1w
All Music
Adding to Playlist
Follow these steps to add a music file to
ﾌﾟﾚｲﾘｽﾄ1.
8
1 % S e Media Player S %
S e Music S %
Media Player & S! Applications
{
1w
Music
Last Played Music
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
My Music
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
SD AUDIO
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
WMA
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
i
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
i
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
i
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Classic mus... N
M4A
No Artist Name X:XX:XX
Classic mus... N
M4A
No Artist Name X:XX:XX
Pops music...
N
M4A
No Artist Name X:XX:XX
PopsOptions
music… N
M4A
Add
to Artist
Playlist
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
No
Name X:X
Search
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
X:XX
M4A
Sort
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Rock music G No
Details
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Artist Name X:XX:XX
i
i
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
i
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
M4A
4 e Add to Playlist S % S
e ﾌﾟﾚｲﾘｽﾄ1 S %
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Advanced
0 (Adding New Playlists
(Deleting Playlist Files (Deleting Playlists
(Changing File Order (P.8-15)
8-8
Renaming Playlists
1 In Playlists window, e
(select Playlist) S B
{
1w
Music Folder
c
d
eAll Music
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
fﾌﾟﾚｲﾘｽﾄ1
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
fﾌﾟﾚｲﾘｽﾄ2
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
fﾌﾟﾚｲﾘｽﾄ3
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Options
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Add
New Playlist
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Details
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Edit
List Title
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Edit List Title S % S
Enter name S %
Editing Video
Crop
Some files may not be edited.
Clip Portions between Two Points
1 % S e Media Player S %
S e Videos S %
2 e My Videos S % S e
Phone Memory or Memory
Card S %
3 e Select Playlist or All
{
1w
Video Player
Yes S %
Edit
Crop
>>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Edit Subtitle
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Edit Menu
. Offline Mode is set. Handset
transmissions are suspended until
editing is complete.
5 e Crop
S%
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Crop
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Select
Two Points
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Delete
Before
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Delete
After
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Crop Menu
6 e Select Two Points S %
. Video plays. Press % to pause/start
video.
7 Press B at start point
8 Press B at end point
. The portion between two points is
saved and playback starts.
Delete Before/After
1 In Crop menu, e Delete
Before or Delete After S %
. Video plays.
2 Press B at crop point
. The portion before or after the
selected point is deleted and
playback starts.
8
Media Player & S! Applications
Videos S % S e Select
file S %
4 B S e Edit S % S e
8-9
Editing Video
Adding Subtitles
Follow these steps to add left-to-right
scrolling text.
Adjust settings via Advanced. (Some effects
cannot be applied at the same time.)
1 In Edit menu, e Edit
Subtitle S %
1w
)[
8
Edit Subtitle
!<Empty>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
"<Empty>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
#<Empty>
Media Player & S! Applications
2 e <Empty> S % S Enter
text S %
. Press % to pause/play video.
3 Press B at start point S
Press B at end point
1w
)[
Edit Subtitle
Edit Text
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Duration
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Advanced
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Edit Subtitle Menu
Advanced
0 (Editing Text
8-10
(Deleting Subtitles (P.8-11)
4 e Advanced S %
1w
)[
Advanced
Display Position
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Font Size
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Scrolling
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Background Colour
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Font Colour
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Highlight
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Blink
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Advanced Menu
5 e Scrolling S %
1w
)[
Scrolling
Direction
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Effect
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
On-Screen Time
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6 e Direction S % S e
Left to Right S % S $ S
$SA
)[
Edit Subtitle
10
!Town
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
"<Empty>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Subtitle List
. To add more, repeat 2 - 6.
7A
8 e Create New S %
Changing Start/End Point
After 3, e Duration S % S B at
start point S B at end point
Editing Video
Editing Subtitles
G Editing Text
[ Before Saving Text
[Edit Subtitle Menu] e Edit Text S
% S Edit text S %
[ After Saving Text
[Subtitle List] e Select entry S
% S e Edit Text S % S Edit
text S %
G Deleting Subtitles
Media Player & S! Applications
[Subtitle List] e Select entry S B
S e Delete S % S e Yes S %
8
8-11
S! Applications
Using S! Applications
Try out the preloaded S! Applications or
newly download DM002SH-compatible
S! Applications offered by SoftBank.
Refer to the S! Application's help menu or
the source Internet site, etc. for
operational instructions.
1 % S e S! Appli S % S
e S! Appli S %
{
S! Appli
Download
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
S! Appli Library
Resume
XXXKB
End
XXXXXXXXX
XXXKB
2 e Select application S %
8
Exit?
Suspend
XXXXXXXXX Remote Control
. Use a compatible S! Application to
control a TV, VCR, etc. via infrared.
Media Player & S! Applications
Network S! Applications
. A message appears indicating that
Internet connection is required. Follow
onscreen instructions.
Incoming Calls
. Incoming calls automatically pause
S! Application.
2 e End S %
Pausing S! Applications
In 2, e Suspend S %
Resuming S! Applications
% S e Resume S %
, Select Cancel to open Main Menu and
keep the S! Application paused.
, Select End to end the S! Application.
Advanced
0 (Setting S! Application to Activate in Standby
(Downloading
S! Applications (Deleting S! Applications (P.8-13)
8-12
1w
Exiting S! Applications
1"
1(Adjusting S! Application sound volume
(Showing incoming
transmission notice (Pausing S! Application for incoming mail
(Setting handset to show notice at Alarm Time (Showing incoming
S! Appli Request notice (Changing Screensaver Activation Time
(Restoring default S! Application settings (Restoring default S! Appli
Library (P.13-14)
S! Applications
G Setting S! Application to Activate in
Standby
[ Activating Screensaver
% S e S! Appli S % S e
Settings S % S e Screensaver
S % S e Switch On/Off S % S
e On S %
[ Setting Screensaver
G Deleting S! Applications
[S! Appli Library] e Select
application S B S e Delete S
% S e Yes S %
. Handset Code may be required.
. Cancel Screensaver to delete
Screensaver S! Application.
[S! Appli Library] e Select
application S B S e As
Screensaver S %
G Downloading S! Applications
[S! Appli Library] e Download S %
. Follow onscreen instructions.
8
Media Player & S! Applications
. As Screensaver appears for
compatible S! Applications.
. Screensaver may not start or operate
correctly when an external device
(Headphones, etc.) is connected to
handset.
8-13
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions (Media) 1
4[Menu] Music: P.8-4, Video: P.8-6 [Playback Window] Music: P.8-4, Video: P.8-6 [File List] Music: P.8-4, Video: P.8-6
Music/Video Playback
G Resuming from Stopped Point
[Menu] e Last Played Music or
Last Played Video S %
Music Playback
8
G Playing Repeatedly or Randomly
Media Player & S! Applications
[ Play Randomly
[Music Playback Window] B S e
Playback Pattern S % S e
Random S %
[ Repeat Randomly
[Music Playback Window] B S e
Playback Pattern S % S e
Random Repeat S %
[ Repeat One File
[Music Playback Window] B S e
Playback Pattern S % S e
Repeat S %
[ Repeat All Files
[Music Playback Window] B S e
Playback Pattern S % S e
Repeat All S %
8-14
G Changing Sound Effects
[Music Playback Window] B S e
Sound EffectsS S % S e Select
effect S %
Video Playback
Available for My Videos files only.
G Playing Repeatedly or Randomly
[ Play Randomly
[Video Playback Window] B S e
Settings S % S e Playback
Pattern S % S e Random S %
[ Repeat One File
[Video Playback Window] B S e
Settings S % S e Playback
Pattern S % S e Repeat S %
[ Repeat All Files
[Video Playback Window] B S e
Settings S % S e Playback
Pattern S % S e Repeat All S %
G Changing Sound Effects
[Video Playback Window] B S e
Settings S % S e Sound
EffectsS S % S e Select effect
S%
G Changing Playback Size
[Video Playback Window] B S e
Settings S % S e Display Size
S % S e Select size S %
Managing Files
G Sorting Files
[File List] B S e Sort S % S e
Select option S %
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions (Media) 2
4[Playlists Window] Music: P.8-4 Video: P.8-6
Playlists
G Adding New Playlists
[Playlists Window] B S e Add
New Playlist S % S Enter name
S%
G Deleting Playlist Files
G Deleting Playlists
[Playlists Window] e Select
Playlist S B S e Delete Playlist
S % S e Yes S %
G Changing File Order
[Playlists Window] e Select
Playlist S % S e Select file S
B S e Change Order S % S e
Move file S %
8
Media Player & S! Applications
[Playlists Window] e Select
Playlist S % S e Select file S B
S e Delete S % S e Yes S %
8-15
Calendar & Tasks ........................... 9-2
World Clock .................................. 9-19
Calendar .......................................... 9-2
Tasks ............................................... 9-5
Stopwatch..................................... 9-20
Opening World Clock .....................9-19
Notepad........................................... 9-7
Using Stopwatch ............................9-20
Saving Text ...................................... 9-7
Countdown Timer ........................ 9-21
Expenses Memo............................. 9-8
Using Countdown Timer.................9-21
Adding Expenses............................. 9-8
S! Quick News.............................. 9-22
Voice Recorder ............................... 9-9
Receiving Content Updates............9-22
Recording/Playing Voice.................. 9-9
Document Viewer......................... 9-23
Osaifu-Keitai® ............................... 9-10
Opening PC Documents.................9-23
Osaifu-Keitai® (Japanese).............. 9-10
Locking IC Card ............................. 9-11
e-Books ........................................ 9-24
Calculator ..................................... 9-13
Scan Barcode............................... 9-25
Using Calculator ............................ 9-13
Scanning Printed Barcodes............9-25
Alarms........................................... 9-14
Create QR Code ........................... 9-26
Reading e-Books (Japanese).........9-24
Using Alarms ................................. 9-14
Creating QR Codes ........................9-26
Wakeup TV.................................... 9-16
Scan Card ..................................... 9-27
Using Wakeup TV.......................... 9-16
Scanning Business Cards ..............9-27
Hour Minder.................................. 9-18
Text Scanner ................................ 9-28
Using Hour Minder......................... 9-18
9
Handy Extras
Scanning Text .................................9-28
Additional Functions ................... 9-29
9-1
Calendar & Tasks
Calendar
Switching View
Opening Calendar
1 % S e Tools S % S f
1 In Calendar window, A
Tools 1
{
sf
{
1w
Tools 1
YD l Cm
tCalendar
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
vAlarms
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4Wakeup TV
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-Tasks
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Calendar S %
9
{
Handy Extras
sf
S
1w
XXXX/XX/XX
M
T
W
T
F
gt
S
i:Stamp
Calendar Window
Advanced
0 (Changing Date Color
9-2
(Adding Stamps (P.9-29)
XXXX/XX/XX
M
T
W
T
gt
F
S
XXX
S
(
1w
XXX
S
Key Assignments
M
T
W
T
F
S
Example: 2Month View
. Press A to toggle view.
#
2
4
5
6
1
2
Open previous
page
Go to (Enter
Date)
Find (By
Open next page 9
Category)
Stamp1
0 Help
Set Colour
e Select week2
Go to (Today)
f Select date
Find (By Subject)
8
Available in Month View.
In Week View, select time block.
Calendar & Tasks
4 Enter start date/time S %
Saving Schedules
Follow these steps to save subject, start/
end date/time, Alarm and schedule details.
Either Subject or Description must be
saved per entry.
1 In Calendar window, g
(select date) S %
{
s
1w
XXXX/XX/XX
t
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
u<Add New Entr...
2 e <Add New Entry> S %
{
1w
Subject:
X/XX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 Enter subject S %
{
1w
Start Date & Time
1w
New Entry
Start:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XX/XX/XX XX:XX
End:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XX/XX/XX XX:XX
Category:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
NNo Category
Schedule Entry Window
5 e End: S % S Enter end
date/time S %
{
1w
New Entry
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Start:
XX/XX/XX XX:XX
End:
XX/XX/XX XX:XX
Category:
NNo Category
Alarm:
No Alarm
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6 e Alarm:
S%
{
1w
7 e Alarm Time: S % S e
Select time S % S A
8 e Description: S % S
Enter schedule details S %
9 A S Saved
All-Day Schedule
In 4, B S % S From 8
Custom Alarm Time
In 7, e Alarm Time: S % S e
Other S % S Enter date/time S %
S A S From 8
9
Handy Extras
G
{
Alarm
XXXX / XX / XX
YYYY MM DD
XX : XX
HH
MM
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Alarm Time:
No Alarm
Assign Tone/Video:
Alert 1
Duration:
10 sec.
Advanced
0 (Changing Alarm Tone/Video
(Changing Alarm Duration (Hiding
Entries (Saving Repetitive Schedules (Editing Schedules (P.9-29)
9-3
Calendar & Tasks
At Alarm Time
Opening Schedules/Tasks
Alarm activates; sounds/vibrates by
related settings.
{
}
Calendar Alarm
1 In Calendar window, g
(select date) S %
{
s
1w
XXXX/XX/XX
t
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
NPXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XX:XX-XX:XX
NPXXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XX:XX-XX:XX
u<Add New Entr...
To stop Alarm, press A or a Side Key.
9
Handy Extras
Opening Schedule
While Alarm is activated, %
When Another Function is Active
. Alarm may not activate until handset
returns to Standby.
Incoming Calls
. Active Alarm stops for incoming calls.
Information window opens after handset
returns to Standby.
Advanced
0 (Deleting All Schedules
9-4
(P.9-30)
Schedule List
2 e Select schedule or task
S%
3 $ S List returns
Opening Task List
In 2, e (select task) S B S e Go
to Tasks S %
Accessing Secret Entries
[Calendar Window] B S e Unlock
Temporarily S % S Enter Handset
Code S %
Deleting Schedules
[ Deleting One Entry
1 In schedule list, e (select
schedule) S B
2 e Delete
S%
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Delete
This
Appointment
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
All This Day
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e This Appointment S %
S e Yes S %
[ Deleting All Entries of the Day
1 In Calendar window, g
(select date) S B
2 e Delete S % S e All
This Day S % S e Yes
S%
Calendar & Tasks
Tasks
4 Enter subject S %
Saving Tasks
Follow these steps to save subject, due
date/time, Alarm and task details.
Either Subject or Description must be
saved per entry.
1 % S e Tools S % S f
Tools 1
{
1w
2 e Tasks S %
{
P
Due Date & Time
All Tasks
O
q
u<Add New Entr...
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e <Add New Entry> S %
1w
Subject:
G
X/XX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7 e Alarm Time: S % S e
Select time S % S A
8 e Description: S % S
Enter task details S %
XXXX / XX / XX
YYYY MM DD
9 A S Saved
XX : XX
HH
MM
5 Enter due date/time S %
{
1w
New Entry
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Subject:
XXXX
Due Date:
XX/XX/XX XX:XX
Alarm:
No Alarm
Task Entry Window
1w
{
1w
6 e Alarm: S %
{
Task with No Due Date/Time
In 5, B S % S From 8
Custom Alarm Time
In 7, e Alarm Time: S % S e
Other S % S Enter date/time S %
S A S From 8
9
Handy Extras
Tools 1
Y
l
m
tCalendar
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
vAlarms
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4Wakeup TV
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-Tasks
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
{
1w
Alarm
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Alarm Time:
No Alarm
Assign Tone/Video:
Alert 1
Duration:
10 sec.
Advanced
0 (Changing Alarm Tone/Video
(Changing Alarm Duration (Hiding
Entries (Editing Tasks (P.9-29)
9-5
Calendar & Tasks
At Alarm Time
Opening Tasks
Alarm activates; sounds/vibrates by
related settings.
{
}
Tasks Alarm
1 % S e Tools S % S f
Tools 1 S e Tasks S %
{
P
To stop Alarm, press A or a Side Key.
9
Handy Extras
Opening Task
While Alarm is activated, %
When Another Function is Active
. Alarm may not activate until handset
returns to Standby.
Incoming Calls
. Active Alarm stops for incoming calls.
Information window opens after handset
returns to Standby.
1w
All Tasks
O
q
u<Add New Entr...
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
nQXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XX/XX/XX XX:XX
Task List / /
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. Use f to open completed or
uncompleted task list.
2 e Select task S %
{
1w
Task
nXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
WXXXX/XX/XX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XX:XX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
PXXXX/XX/XX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 $ S List returns
Accessing Secret Entries
After 1, B S e Unlock Temporarily
S % S Enter Handset Code S %
Marking Completed Tasks
After 1, e (select task) S A
Advanced
0 (Deleting All Tasks
9-6
(P.9-30)
Deleting Tasks
[ Deleting One Entry
1 In task list, e (select task)
SB
2 e Delete S %
Delete
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
This
Task
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
All Comp. Tasks
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
All Tasks
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e This Task S % S e
Yes S %
[ Deleting All Completed Tasks
1 In task list, B
2 e Delete S % S e All
Comp. Tasks S % S e
Yes S %
Notepad
Saving Text
New Notepad Entry
1 % S e Tools S % S f
Tools 3
{
1 In Notepad list, e (select
entry) S %
1w
Tools 3
Y
l Cm
yDocument Viewer
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
CNotepad
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Notepad
S%
{
Opening Notepad
{
Notepad
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
NNo Category
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XXXXXXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 $ S List returns
1w
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Notepad List
3 e <Add New Entry> S %
1 In Notepad list, e (select
entry) S B
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Options
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Change
Category
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Add
New Template
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Send
>>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Delete
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Delete S % S e Yes
S%
9
Handy Extras
Notepad
u<Add New Entry>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Nこんにちは
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Nどうも
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Nありがとう
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Nがんばれ
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Nバイバイ
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
{
1w
Deleting Entries
1w
Text:
G
X/XXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4 Enter text S %
5 g Select Category S % S
Saved
Advanced
0 (Editing Notepad
(Inserting Notepad Text (P.9-30)
9-7
Expenses Memo
Adding Expenses
Entering Expenses
Checking Entries
1 Enter amount S b
{
1 % S e Tools S % S f
Tools 1
1w
Enter Cost:
{
Tools 1
Y
l Cm
tCalendar
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
vAlarms
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4Wakeup TV
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-Tasks
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
wCalculator
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
oExpenses Memo
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
f:Decimal Point
9
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Expenses Memo S %
5040
Handy Extras
2%
1w
{
{
1w
Expenses Memo
1w
Add New Expense
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Totals
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Edit Category
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Category
O No Category
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o Miscellaneous
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o Vehicle
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o Airfare
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o Shopping
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e Totals S %
3 e Select Category S % S
Saved
Saving under Custom Category
In 3, e Other S % S Enter name
S%
{
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Expenses Memo List
4 $ S Menu returns
Advanced
0 (Changing Category of Saved Entry
9-8
1w
Totals
1)XX/XX/XX XX:XX
Miscell...
5040
(Changing Amount (P.9-30)
Deleting Entries
[ Deleting One Entry
1 In Expenses Memo list, e
(select entry) S B
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Options
Change Amount
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Delete Item
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Delete
All
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Delete Item S % S e
Yes S %
[ Deleting All Entries
1 In Expenses Memo list, B
S e Delete All S %
2 Enter Handset Code S %
S e Yes S %
Voice Recorder
Recording/Playing Voice
Recording
. If battery runs low while recording, Voice
Recorder shuts off.
. Record conversations during calls via
Record Caller Voice (P.3-11).
1 % S e Tools S % S f
Tools 3
{
1w
Tools 3
Y
l Cm
yDocument Viewer
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
CNotepad
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
zVoice Recorder
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Voice Recorder S %
{
1w
{
1w
Voice Recorder
Save
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Playback
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Save and Send
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. For Extended
Voice, recording is
saved automatically.
5 e Save S %
Play Before Saving
In 5, e Playback S % S Playback
starts S $ S Playback stops
Starting Over
In 5, $ S From 3
Voice Recorder
Playback
1 In recording window, B
2 e Ring Songs·Tones S %
{
1w
Ring Songs･Tones
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
P
i
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Free:
XXMB
Need size: ---KB
voiceXXXX
AMR
XX/XX/XX XX:XX
XXKB
3 e Select file S %
. Use e to adjust volume.
. Press % to pause/resume. Press $
to stop playback.
Playing Data Folder Files
% S e Data Folder S % S e
Ring Songs·Tones S % S g
Select file S %
9
Handy Extras
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 % S Recording starts
4 % S Recording stops
z
XX:XX:XX/XX:XX:XX
Recording Window
Advanced
0 (Saving Longer Recordings
(Sending Voice Files via E Mail
(Switching Storage Media (P.9-30)
9-9
Osaifu-Keitai®
Osaifu-Keitai® (Japanese)
Osaifu-Keitai® describes IC Card-equipped
handsets that support e-money or credit
functions/services. Osaifu-Keitai®
encompasses a range of IC Card-based
services on FeliCa-compatible Disney
Mobile handsets. DM002SH supports
Osaifu-Keitai®.
To use e-money, e-ticketing and reward
points, etc., hold handset over a compatible
reader/writer at a shops, restaurants, and
other retail outlets, etc.
Basics
9
Using Osaifu-Keitai®
Follow these steps to conduct a transaction.
Example: Making an electronic payment
. Complete transactions without activating a
Lifestyle-Appli.
. Transactions are possible even when
handset power is off or during calls or
Internet transmissions.
. Make sure battery is adequately charged.
Important Osaifu-Keitai® Usage Note
Disney Mobile is not liable for damages
resulting from accidental loss/alteration of
IC Card data/settings.
When Placed Over Sensor
. If recognition is slow, move handset
around slightly.
. Handset may respond automatically for
some services.
1 Place m logo over reader/
writer S Confirm scan results
Handy Extras
Before using Osaifu-Keitai®, activate
Lifestyle-Appli, complete registration,
customize settings and charge accounts.
Starting Lifestyle-Appli
% S e Tools S % S f Tools 1 S
e Osaifu-Keitai S % S e
Lifestyle-Appli S % S e Select
application S %
Lifestyle-Appli Precautions
. Contact Osaifu-Keitai® service providers for
Lifestyle-Appli registration and usage details.
. Keep service passwords/customer service
contact information, etc. in a separate place.
Place this part
over reader/writer
. Align handset parallel to reader/writer.
Advanced
0 (Enabling to View E-Money Balances
(Moving Applications Up/Down
Balance Info List (Removing Applications from Balance Info List
(Checking E-Money Balance on External Display (P.9-31)
9-10
1(Restoring default Osaifu-Keitai
®
settings (P.13-15)
Osaifu-Keitai®
Locking IC Card
IC Card Lock
Remote Lock
Use this function to restrict access to/prevent
unauthorized use of Osaifu-Keitai® on handset.
1 % S e Tools S % S f
Mail Remote
Lock
Call Remote
Lock
Tools 1 S e Osaifu-Keitai
S%
{
Disable Osaifu-Keitai® remotely by mail or
phone.
Send mail to activate
Remote Lock
Call from a specified phone
to activate Remote Lock
1w
Osaifu-Keitai
Mail Remote Lock
Lifestyle-Appli
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
IC Card Settings
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
[ Preparation on Handset
1 In IC Card Settings menu,
2 e IC Card Settings S %
{
IC Card Status
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
IC Card Lock
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Off
IC^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Card Settings Menu
{
3 e IC Card Lock S % S e
On S %
4 Enter Handset Code S %
S e Yes S %
1w
Remote Lock
Mail Remote Lock
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Off
Call Remote Lock
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Off
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Mail Remote Lock S %
{
Canceling Mail Remote Lock
In 3, e Switch On/Off S % S e
Off S % S A
[ Activating Remote Lock via Mail
If handset cannot receive mail IC Card
Lock is not set.
1 Send E Mail or e-mail to
handset with password as
subject
. Leave other fields blank.
. After handset receives message, IC
Card Lock is set and notice is sent as
a reply.
9
Handy Extras
e Remote Lock S % S
Enter Handset Code S %
1w
IC Card Settings
3 e Remote Lock PW S %
4 Enter password S %
5 e Switch On/Off S %
6 e On S % S A
1w
Mail Remote Lock
Switch On/Off
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Off
Remote Lock PW
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Mail Remote Lock Menu
Canceling IC Card Lock
In 3, e IC Card Lock S % S e Off
S % S Enter Handset Code S %
Advanced
0 (Changing IC Card Lock Notice Recipient
(P.9-31)
9-11
Osaifu-Keitai®
4 e Phone Book S % S g
Call Remote Lock
[ Preparation on Handset
1 In IC Card Settings menu,
e Remote Lock S % S
Enter Handset Code S %
{
1w
Remote Lock
Mail Remote Lock
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Off
Call Remote Lock
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Off
2 e Call Remote Lock S %
{
9
1w
Select phone number S %
. Select Phone Number to enter
directly.
5 e Switch On/Off S %
6 e On S % S A
Enabling Activation via Public Phone
In 3, e Set Public Phone S % S e
On S From 5
Canceling Call Remote Lock
In 3, e Switch On/Off S % S e
Off S % S A
Call Remote Lock
phones, call handset
. Send Caller ID.
2 Handset receives call S
End the call
. The call is recorded as a Missed Call.
3 Within three minutes, repeat
1 - 2 twice
H
1w
Handy Extras
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Answering
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. After^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
the third Missed Call, IC Card
Lock is set; a message announces
Remote Lock activation. Confirm the
message and end the call.
Phone No. to Lck 2 S %
If Series is Interrupted by Another Call
. Missed Call count is reset. Start over
from the beginning.
1w
Phone No. to Lck 1
Phone Book
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Phone Number
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Advanced
9-12
1 Using one of the specified
IC Card Lock
3 e Phone No. to Lck 1 or
0 (Changing Required Missed Call Count for Call Remote Lock
If handset cannot receive calls IC Card
Lock is not set.
+E
Switch On/Off
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Off
Set Public Phone
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Off
Call
Remote Lock Menu
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
{
[ Activating Remote Lock via Phone
(P.9-31)
Calculator
Using Calculator
1 % S e Tools S % S f
Tools 1 S e Calculator
S%
{
1w
0
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Calculator Window
S Calculate
. Clear Memory before starting new
Memory calculations.
3 " S Calculator ends
+ (Add)
- (Subtract)
x (Multiply)
÷ (Divide)
= (Sum)
C.CE (Clear)
CM (Clear Memory)
RM (Recall Memory)
M+ (Add to Memory)
. (Decimal)
+/- (Positive/
Negative Value)
% (Percentage)
c
d
a
b
%
$
&
!
A
(
#
BSe%S%
Memory Calculation
. Numbers saved in Memory remain until
handset power is turned off.
Incoming Calls
. Calculations are not affected. End the
call to return to Calculator.
Using % Function
From Options menu, select % to find
definite percentage of a known value.
Example: Calculate 30% of 800,000
Enter 800,000 S x S 30 S %
, 240,000 appears.
9
Handy Extras
2 Use Keypad to enter digits
Calculation Keys
Advanced
0 (Copying Calculation Results (Changing Exchange Rate for Currency
Conversion (Converting Currencies (P.9-31)
9-13
Alarms
Using Alarms
3 e Repeat: S %
Setting Alarm
Follow these steps to set Alarm to sound
at a specific time on a specific day of the
week.
Set Snooze (Alarm repeats at set
interval), Alarm Volume and Duration.
1 % S e Tools S % S f
Tools 1 S e Alarms S %
{
1w
Alarms
9
Handy Extras
--:-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
--:-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
--:-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Alarm List
2 e --:-- S % S Enter hour
(24-hour format) S Enter
minutes S %
{
1w
Set Alarm
Time:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XX:XX
Subject:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Alarm 1
Repeat:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Once
{
Repeat
O Once
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o Every Day (All)
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o Selected Days
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4 e Selected Days S %
For Once or Every Day (All), skip
ahead to 6.
{
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5 e Select
day S % (n/p)
S Complete selection S A
6 e Snooze: S %
7 e Select interval S %
. For custom intervals, select Other.
Advanced
(Changing Alarm Tone/Video (Setting
Handset to Vibrate at Alarm Time (P.9-32)
9-14
1w
Selected Days
n Sunday
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
n Monday
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
n Tuesday
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
n Wednesday
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
n Thursday
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
n Friday
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
n Saturday
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
n Except Holidays
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Alarm Menu
0 (Saving Entry Name
1w
8 e Alarm Volume: S %
9 e Adjust level S %
a e Duration: S %
b e Select time S %
. For custom Duration, select Other.
c A S Saved
. For more settings, repeat 2 - c.
d " S Alarm setting ends
Selecting/Canceling All Days
In 5, B S e Check All or Uncheck
All S %
Excluding Holidays
In 5, e (select day) S % (n/p) S
Complete selection S e Except
Holidays S % S A S From 6
Alarms
When Snooze is Set
At Alarm Time
Alarm activates; sounds/vibrates by
related settings.
{
}
Alarm
To stop Alarm, press A or a Side Key.
Canceling Snooze
While Snoozing, A S e Yes S %
. Snooze is automatically canceled after a
period of time.
1 In Alarm list, e (select
entry) S B
2 e Reset Alarm S %
3 e Yes S %
[ Deleting All Entries
Canceling Alarm
1 In Alarm list, e (select
entry) S B
{
[ Deleting One Entry
1w
Alarms
PXX:XX
XXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
--:-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
--:-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
--:-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
--:-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
1 In Alarm list, e (select
entry) S B S e Clear All
S%
2 Enter Handset Code S %
S e Yes S %
Options
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Switch
Off
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Switch Off S %
9
Handy Extras
When Another Function is Active
. Alarm may not activate until handset
returns to Standby.
Incoming Calls
. Active Alarm stops for incoming calls.
Information window opens after handset
returns to Standby.
Deleting Alarm
Alarm repeats at the set interval.
Other Alarms do not activate while
handset is Snoozing.
. Reactivate entry to use the same
settings.
Reactivating Entry
In 2, e Switch On S %
Advanced
0 (Editing Entries
(P.9-32)
1(Sounding Alarm Time tone even in Manner mode
(Activating Alarm
based on World Clock time (P.13-15)
9-15
Wakeup TV
Using Wakeup TV
Setting Wakeup TV
Follow these steps to activate TV at a
specific time on a specific day of the week.
. Complete Area Setup (P.6-4) beforehand.
. TV may not activate in poor signal conditions.
1 % S e Tools S % S f
Tools 1 S e Wakeup TV
S%
3 e Repeat: S %
{
1w
Repeat
O Once
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o Every Day (All)
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
o Selected Days
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4 e Selected Days S %
For Once or Every Day (All), skip
ahead to 6.
{
{
9
1w
Handy Extras
Wakeup TV
--:-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
--:-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
--:-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Wakeup TV List
2 e --:-- S % S Enter hour
(24-hour format) S Enter
minutes S %
{
1w
Set Alarm
Time:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XX:XX
Repeat:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Once
Wakeup TV Menu
1w
Selected Days
n Sunday
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
n Monday
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
n Tuesday
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5 e Select day S % (n/p)
S Complete selection S A
6 e Channel: S %
{
1w
Select Station
!Channel 1
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
"Channel 2
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
#Channel 3
8 A S Saved
. For more settings, repeat 2 - 8.
9 " S Wakeup TV setting
ends
Selecting/Canceling All Days
In 5, B S e Check All or Uncheck
All S %
Excluding Holidays
In 5, e (select day) S % (n/p) S
Complete selection S e Except
Holidays S % S A S From 6
Canceling Alarm
. Alarm activates at Wakeup TV time. To
cancel Alarm, follow these steps.
[Wakeup TV Menu] e Alarm On/Off:
S % S e Off S % S From 8
Adjusting Alarm Volume
[Wakeup TV Menu] e Alarm Volume:
S % S e Adjust level S % S
From 8
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7 e Select channel S %
Advanced
0 (Changing Alarm Tone/Video
9-16
(P.9-32)
1(Sounding Alarm Time tone even in Manner mode
(P.13-15)
Wakeup TV
At Wakeup TV Time
Canceling Wakeup TV
1 In Wakeup TV list, e (select
TV activates after Alarm.
{
}
Wakeup TV
entry) S B
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Options
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Wakeup
TV Off
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Reset
Alarm
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Clear
All
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Wakeup TV Off S %
. Reactivate entry to use the same
settings.
Reactivating Entry
In 2, e Wakeup TV On S %
1 In Wakeup TV list, e (select
entry) S B
2 e Reset Alarm S %
3 e Yes S %
[ Deleting All Entries
1 In Wakeup TV list, e (select
entry) S B S e Clear All
S%
2 Enter Handset Code S %
S e Yes S %
9
Handy Extras
Stopping Alarm Instantly
While Alarm is activated, %
When Another Function is Active
. TV may not activate depending on the
function.
After TV is On for a Period of Time
. Confirmation appears. Choose Yes and
press % to exit TV.
Deleting Wakeup TV
[ Deleting One Entry
Advanced
0 (Editing Entries
(P.9-32)
9-17
Hour Minder
Using Hour Minder
Setting Hour Minder
Follow these steps to activate the hourly
time signal at selected hours.
1 % S e Tools S % S f
Tools 2 S e Hour Minder
S%
{
1w
Hour Minder
9
Handy Extras
Switch On/Off
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Off
Select Time
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Every Hour
細設
Hour Minder
Menu
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Switch On/Off S % S
e On S %
5 A S Saved
6 " S Hour Minder setting
ends
Adjusting Hour Minder Volume
In 2, e Advanced S % S e
Volume: S % S e Adjust level S
% S A S From 5
Changing Hour Minder Duration
In 2, e Advanced S % S e
Duration: S % S e Select time S
% S A S From 5
, For custom Duration, select Other.
Selecting/Canceling All Hours
In 4, B S e Check All or Uncheck
All S %
3 e Select Time S %
{
1w
At Hour Minder Time
Hour Minder activates; sounds/vibrates by
related settings.
{
}
Hour Minder
To stop tone instantly, press A or a Side
Key.
When Another Function is Active
. Hour Minder does not activate.
Incoming Calls
. Active Hour Minder stops for incoming calls.
Canceling Hour Minder
Select Time
p 0:00
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
p
1:00
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
p 2:00
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
p 3:00
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
1 In Hour Minder menu, e
4 e Select hour S % (n/p)
Switch On/Off S % S e
Off S % S A
S Complete selection S A
Advanced
0 (Changing Hour Minder Tone/Video
Hour Minder Time (P.9-33)
9-18
(Setting Handset to Vibrate at
1(Sounding Hour Minder Time tone even in Manner mode
Hour Minder based on World Clock time (P.13-15)
(Activating
World Clock
Opening World Clock
1 % S e Tools S % S f
Tools 2 S e World Clock
S%
{
}
World Clock
Tokyo
My Home City
R
Local Time
Zone
XX:XX
XXXX/XX/XX XXX
S
World Time
Zone
XX:XX
XXXX/XX/XX XXX
1 % S e Settings S % S
f Phone Settings S e
Display S %
2 e Standby Display S %
{
1w
1w
Set World Time
Set Time Zone
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Daylight Saving
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Set
World Time Menu
Clock/Calendar
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Clock (M)
Standby Window
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e Clock/Calendar S %
4 e World Clock (L), etc. S %
9
Handy Extras
2%
{
Advancing One Hour (Daylight Saving)
In 3, e Daylight Saving S % S e
On S %
Opening World Clock in Standby
Standby Display
Tokyo
The Other City
3 e Set Time Zone S %
4 f Select area S %
5 " S World Clock ends
Advanced
0 (Adding Custom Time Zone
(P.9-33)
9-19
Stopwatch
Using Stopwatch
Stopwatch stops when battery runs low.
1 % S e Tools S % S f
Tools 2
{
1w
Tools 2
YD l Cm
FStopwatch
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
GCountdown Timer
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
xWorld Clock
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Stopwatch S %
{
1w
Stopwatch
9
Handy Extras
LAP
1
2
3
4
Stopwatch Window
9-20
3 % S Stopwatch starts
4 % S Stopwatch stops
. Press % to resume.
5 " S e Yes S % S
Stopwatch ends
. Records are deleted when
Stopwatch ends.
Recording Lap Times
While Stopwatch is running, B
Saving Records to Notepad
After 4, B S e Save to Notepad
S%
Resetting Records
After 4, B S e Reset S % S
From 3
Incoming Calls
. Stopwatch is not affected by incoming
calls. End the call to return.
Countdown Timer
Using Countdown Timer
1 % S e Tools S % S f
Tools 2 S e Countdown
Timer S %
{
1w
Countdown Timer
Enter Time
(1sec-60min)
. Press % to stop/resume countdown.
4 Set time elapses S Tone
sounds
5 " S e Yes S % S
When Set Time Elapses
Tone sounds.
{
1w
Countdown Timer
Timer Expired
Countdown Timer ends
00 : 00
Time Entry Window
seconds S %
1w
Countdown Timer
Time Remaining
Resetting Timer
Stop countdown and B
Incoming Calls
. Countdown is not affected by incoming
calls. End the call to return.
To stop tone instantly, press A or a Side
Key. (Tone stops automatically after a
period of time.)
When Timer Time Elapsed during a Call
. Tone sounds after the call.
9
Handy Extras
2 Enter minutes S Enter
{
3 % S Countdown starts
VU:UV
Countdown Timer Window
. Press B to change time.
9-21
S! Quick News
Receiving Content Updates
View content updates or breaking news.
Transmission fees apply.
Registering S! Quick News Items
1 % S e Entertainment S %
S e S! Quick News S %
{
1w
S! Quick News
S! Quick News List
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
S!
Loop
List
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Settings
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
S! Quick News Menu
9
Handy Extras
2 e S! Quick News List S %
{
1w
S! Quick News List
mAdd News
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
TS!速報ﾆｭｰｽとは?
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
S! Quick News List
3 e Add News S % S e
Yes S %
. Handset connects to the Internet.
4 e Select item S %
. Follow onscreen instructions.
Opening Information
1 In S! Quick News List, e
(select item) S %
{
5
1w
Items
ﾆｭｰｽ速報
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Z台風7号九州地方に
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Z高速道路で渋滞
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Zﾊﾘｳｯﾄﾞｽﾀｰ来日
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Select title S %
{
5
1w
ﾆｭｰｽ速報
台風7号九州地方に接近
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
今年最大級の台風7号が
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
九州地方に接近中。今
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
夜にも上陸するもよう。
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. Press B to open previous title, or
press A to open next one.
Advanced
0 (Receiving S! Loop Item Updates
(Updating List Automatically
(Deleting S! Quick News Items (Deleting S! Loop Items (P.9-34)
9-22
Updating Items Manually
[S! Quick News List] e Select item
S B S e Reload S % S e
Reload This News or Reload All S %
Indicators
Q
R
S
T
U
V
Unread News Flash
Read News Flash
News Flash auto update disabled
Unread General news
Read General news
General news auto update disabled
Document Viewer
Opening PC Documents
Supported File Formats:
PDF (.pdf)
Microsoft® Excel® (.xls)
1 % S e Tools S % S f
Tools 3 S e Document
Viewer S %
{
Microsoft® Word (.doc)
Microsoft® PowerPoint® (.ppt)
. Some files may not appear correctly.
. Download files via Disney Web or PC Site
Browser.
. When transferring files from PCs, save to
corresponding Memory Card folder
(P.14-22).
1w
Other Documents
XXXXXXXXXX
XXX
XXXXXX
2 g Select file S %
Key Assignments
%
g
1
2
3
4
5
6
View whole page
Scroll
View upper left
Full screen
View upper right
Zoom out
View center
Zoom in
7
8
9
0
#
(
!
A
View lower left
Jump to page
View lower right
Open Help
Next page
Previous page
Fit width
Rotate 90o
9
Handy Extras
Zooming In/Out with Loupe (Magnifier)
In open file, & (Long) S g Select
portion S B S e Zoom Out or
Zoom In S %
9-23
e-Books
Reading e-Books (Japanese)
Downloading e-Books
Visit SH-web for e-Book order information,
etc.
BookSurfing®
e-Book Viewer
Read XMDF books and dictionary files.
Some files may not be supported.
Download Contents Keys and read CCF files.
Some files may not be supported.
1 A S g メニューリスト S % 1 % S e Entertainment S % 1 In Entertainment menu, e
BookSurfing S %
2 e 書籍･ｺﾐｯｸ･写真集 S %
. BookSurfing S! Application starts.
{
. Follow onscreen instructions.
. Downloaded e-Books are saved to
Data Folder (Books).
1w
Entertainment
5S! Quick News
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
KBookSurfing
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Le-Book Viewer
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Entertainment Menu
2 e e-Book Viewer S %
9
Handy Extras
. e-Book Viewer starts. Refer to the
e-Book Viewer help menu for
operational instructions.
Advanced
0 (Copying Text
9-24
(Opening Non-DM002SH e-Books (Library) (P.9-35)
®
Refer to the BookSurfing® help menu
for operational instructions.
Moving CCF Files via Memory Card
. When purchasing a new handset, move
CCF files and retrieve Contents Keys to
open the files. Some files may need to be
re-downloaded.
Scan Barcode
Scanning Printed Barcodes
Scan UPC/JAN (1D barcodes) or QR
Codes (2D barcodes).
. Slide Portrait/Macro Selector to Macro (n)
beforehand.
. Membership file or password may be
required when scanning barcodes.
. Some barcodes may not be scanned.
1 % S e Tools S % S f
2 e Scan Barcode S %
3 Frame barcode in center of
Display
{
D0w
Normal Scanning
1w
>>
Focus
Adjustment
Bar
<<
Scan Window
. Use Focus Adjustment Bar as a
guide (better focus in darker blue).
4 % S Scan starts
. If recognition takes time, slowly
adjust the distance between handset
and barcode.
. Press A to stop scan.
Key Assignments in Scan Window
f: Adjust brightness
0: Open Help
Split Data
. After scanning, confirmation appears.
Follow onscreen prompt(s).
. Scan results do not appear until all split
data is scanned.
Starting Over
After 5, $ S e Yes S % S From 3
9
Handy Extras
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Barcode/Scan
Menu
{
Barcode Scan Results Window
1w
Barcode/Scan
Scan Barcode
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Open Barcode
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Create QR Code
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Scan Card
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Scan Text
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Scanned Results
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
results appear
Scan Result
XX Restaurant
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
[Open Hours]
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Lunch: 11 am - 3 pm
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Dinner: 6 pm - 10 pm
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
[Contact]
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
[email protected]
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Tools 3 S e Barcode/Scan
S%
{
5 Tone sounds S Scan
Advanced
0 (Scanning during Text Entry
(Reading Saved Barcode Images
(Using Linked Info (Saving Scan Results (Opening Saved Scan
Results (Saving Linked Info to Phone Book (Saving Images &
Melodies (Opening or Playing Files (Using Images as Wallpaper
(Using Images for System Graphics (Pasting to Message Text
(Copying Text (P.9-36 - 9-37)
9-25
Create QR Code
Creating QR Codes
Create QR Codes from these items on
handset:
Phone Book
Text Input
Ring Songs·Tones
Pictures
2 e Create QR Code S %
3 e Data Folder S %
{
Notepad
Large items are divided into multiple QR
Codes.
Procedure
9
Handy Extras
1 % S e Tools S % S f
Tools 3 S e Barcode/Scan
S%
1w
Barcode/Scan
Scan Barcode
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Open
Barcode
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Create QR Code
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Scan Card
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Scan Text
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Scanned Results
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
9-26
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4 e Select folder S % S g
Select file or entry S %
Follow these steps to create QR codes
from Data Folder files.
{
Q1w
Data Folder
Pictures
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Ring Songs･Tones
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Notepad
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Other Documents
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. QR Code is created.
5%
. QR Code is saved to Data Folder
(Pictures).
From Phone Book Entries
In 3, e Phone Book S % S g
Select entry S % S 5
From Entered Text
In 3, e Text Input S % S Enter text
S%S5
Switching Storage Media
In 5, B S e Save to S % S e
Phone or Memory Card S % S %
Attaching to E Mail
In 5, B S e Send As S % S
Complete message S A
Incoming Calls
. QR Code creation is not affected by
incoming calls. End the call to return.
Scan Card
Scanning Business Cards
Scan business cards and save names,
addresses, etc. to Phone Book.
3 Frame card on Display
{
Tools 3 S e Barcode/Scan
S%
{
1w
Barcode/Scan
5
Scan Window
4%
. Press $ to stop scan.
5 % S Scan results appear
2 e Scan Card S %
{
1w
Scan Result
!ᬀ↰
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
"ミキオ
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
#ｳｴ
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
$XX-XXXX-XXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6%SA
. New Phone Book entry is saved.
Key Assignments in Scan Window
f: Adjust brightness
0: Open Help
If Text Exceeds Phone Book Entry Item
Character Limit
. Confirmation appears. Follow these
steps to delete overage.
e Yes S %
Starting Over
After 5, A S e Yes S % S From 3
9
Handy Extras
Scan Barcode
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Open Barcode
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Create QR Code
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Scan Card
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Scan Text
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Scanned Results
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4
3
XXXX 株式会社
1 % S e Tools S % S f
XX 部 XX 課 XX 係
〒XXX-XXXX 東京都品川区 XX 町 XXX
TELXX-XXXX-XXXX（代表） 内線 XXXX
FAXXX-XXXX-XXXX 2
主 任
植田 ミキオ
. Slide Portrait/Macro Selector to Macro (n)
beforehand.
. English business cards may not be
scanned correctly.
. Some cards may not be scanned.
E w
Card Scan Results Window
Advanced
0 (Pasting to Message Text
(Copying Text (P.9-37)
9-27
Text Scanner
Scanning Text
Scan text (URLs, mail addresses, phone
numbers or alphanumerics).
3 Frame text in center of
Display
. Slide Portrait/Macro Selector to Macro (n)
beforehand.
. Some text cannot be scanned.
{
2.Scan when bar is
the bluest.
Barcode/Scan
9
Handy Extras
Scan Barcode
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Open Barcode
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Create QR Code
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Scan Card
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Scan Text
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Scanned Results
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Scan Text S %
E w
Focus
Adjustment
Bar
4%
. Press $ to stop scan.
5 e Select line S % S Scan
Advanced
(Using Linked Info (Saving Scan
Results (Opening Saved Scan Results (Saving Linked Info to Phone
Book (Pasting to Message Text (Copying Text (P.9-36 - 9-37)
9-28
Scanned Text Window
Scan Window
. Adjust to frame text in [ ].
. Use Focus Adjustment Bar as a
guide (better focus in darker blue).
results appear
0 (Scanning during Text Entry
XX/256
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
1w
1w
Scanned Text
1.Capture
characters.
Tools 3 S e Barcode/Scan
S%
{
{
Text Scanner
1 % S e Tools S % S f
6%
Key Assignments in Scan Window
f: Adjust brightness
0: Open Help
Reversed Text
. If white text in black background is
distorted, follow these steps to change
the mode.
In 3, B S e Reversed Text S % S
e Reversed S % S From 4
Correcting Text Type
After 5, B S e Change Mode S %
S e Select type S % S 6
Editing Scanned Text
After 5, B S e Select/Edit S % S
f Select text S e Select alternative
from list or edit directly S 6
Starting Over
In 6, $ S e Yes S % S From 3
Additional Functions
0 Management Tools 1
4[Calendar Window] P.9-2 [Schedule Entry Window] P.9-3 [Task Entry Window] P.9-5 [Schedule List] P.9-4 [Task List] P.9-6
Calendar & Tasks
Calendar
G Changing Date Color
[ By Days of the Week
[Calendar Window] B S e
Calendar Settings S % S e Set
Colour S % S e By Week S %
S e Select day S % S e Select
color S %
Saving Schedules/Tasks
G Changing Alarm Tone/Video
[Schedule Entry Window]/[Task
Entry Window] e Alarm: S % S
e Assign Tone/Video: S % S e
Select folder S % S g Select
tone/file S % S A
. Select start point if required.
G Changing Alarm Duration
[Calendar Window] g Select date
S 4 S e Select color S %
[ Resetting "By Date" Colors
[Calendar Window] B S e
Calendar Settings S % S e Set
Colour S % S e Reset Colour
S % S e Select option S % S
e Yes S %
G Adding Stamps
[Calendar Window] (Month View)
g Select date S 2 S g Select
stamp S %
[Schedule Entry Window]/[Task
Entry Window] e Alarm: S % S
e Duration: S % S e Select
time S % S A
. For custom Duration, select Other.
G Hiding Entries
[Schedule Entry Window]/[Task
Entry Window] e Secret: S % S
e On S % S A
G Saving Repetitive Schedules
[Schedule Entry Window] e
Repeat: S % S e Select cycle S
% S Enter repeat time S % S A
. Repeat time is not available for Every
Year.
G Editing Schedules
[Schedule List] e Select schedule
S B S e Edit S % S e Select
item S % S Edit in the same
manner as saving schedules S %
SA
Saving Tasks
9
Handy Extras
[ By Date
Saving Schedules
G Editing Tasks
[Task List] e Select task S B S
e Edit S % S e Select item S
% S Edit in the same manner as
saving tasks S % S A
9-29
Additional Functions
0 Management Tools 2
4[Calendar Window] P.9-2 [Task List] P.9-6 [Notepad List] P.9-7 [Expenses Memo List] P.9-8 [Recording Window] P.9-9
Managing Schedules
G Deleting All Schedules
[Calendar Window] B S e Delete
S % S e All Appointments S %
S Enter Handset Code S % S e
Yes S %
Managing Tasks
9
G Deleting All Tasks
Handy Extras
[Task List] B S e Delete S % S
e All Tasks S % S Enter Handset
Code S % S e Yes S %
Notepad
G Editing Notepad
[ Editing Text
[Notepad List] e Select entry S
A S Edit text S %
[ Changing Category
[Notepad List] e Select entry S
B S e Change Category S %
S g Select Category S %
G Inserting Notepad Text
In a text entry window, B S e
Notepad S % S e Call Notepad
S % S e Select entry S %
Expenses Memo
G Changing Category of Saved Entry
[Expenses Memo List] e Select
entry S % S e Select Category
S%
G Changing Amount
[Expenses Memo List] e Select
entry S B S e Change Amount
S % S Edit S %
Voice Recorder
G Saving Longer Recordings
[Recording Window] B S e
Record Time S % S e Extended
Voice S %
G Sending Voice Files via E Mail
[Recording Window] % S Recording
starts S % S Recording stops S e
Save and Send S % S Complete
message S A
. Available in For Message mode.
G Switching Storage Media
[Recording Window] B S e Save
Recording to S % S e Select
option S %
. Available in For Message mode.
. Set to Ask Each Time to select media
after every recording.
9-30
Additional Functions
0 Handy Extras 1
4[IC Card Settings Menu] P.9-11 [Mail Remote Lock Menu] P.9-11 [Call Remote Lock Menu] P.9-12 [Calculator Window] P.9-13
Osaifu-Keitai®
G Enabling to View E-Money Balances
E-Money Balance on
G Checking
External Display
With handset closed, E (Long)
S Balance appears on External
Display S D S Balance
disappears
[IC Card Settings Menu] e Balance
Info S % S Enter Handset Code
S % S e <Empty> S % S e
S! Appli or Lifestyle-Appli S % S
e Select application S %
. For use with compatible
Lifestyle-Applications.
. Start Lifestyle-Appli once before adding
it to Balance Info list.
Balance Info List
[IC Card Settings Menu] e
Balance Info S % S Enter
Handset Code S % S e Select
application S B S e Move S %
S e Select location S %
Applications from
G Removing
Balance Info List
[IC Card Settings Menu] e Balance
Info S % S Enter Handset Code S
% S e Select application S B S
e Delete S %
Changing IC Card Lock Notice
Recipient
[ Changing Recipient
[Mail Remote Lock Menu] e
Notice Settings S % S e Send
Notice S % S e To Set
Recipient S % S e Set
Recipient S % S e Select
method S % S Select/enter
number/address S % S A
[ Disabling Notice
[Mail Remote Lock Menu] e
Notice Settings S % S e Send
Notice S % S e Off S % S $
SA
[Call Remote Lock Menu] e Count
for Lock S % S Enter Missed Call
count S % S A
Calculator
G Copying Calculation Results
While result appears, B S e
Copy S %
G Changing Exchange Rate for
Currency Conversion
[Calculator Window] B S e
Money Converter S % S e
Exchange Rate S % S e
Domestic or Foreign S % S
Enter rate S %
9
Handy Extras
G Moving Applications Up/Down
G
. Press E or F to view balances of
listed entries.
. Save Lifestyle-Appli to Balance Info List
beforehand.
. Balances do not appear if IC Card Lock
is active.
Required Missed Call
G Changing
Count for Call Remote Lock
G Converting Currencies
[Calculator Window] Enter amount
of money S B S e Money
Converter S % S e To Domestic
or To Foreign S %
. Set Exchange Rate first.
9-31
Additional Functions
0 Handy Extras 2
4[Alarm Menu] P.9-14 [Alarm List] P.9-14 [Wakeup TV Menu] P.9-16 [Wakeup TV List] P.9-16
Alarms
G Saving Entry Name
[Alarm Menu] e Subject: S % S
Enter name S % S A
G Changing Alarm Tone/Video
[ Using Preset Tone or Data Folder File
9
Handy Extras
9-32
[Alarm Menu] e Assign Tone/
Video: S % S e Select folder S
% S g Select tone/file S % S A
. Select start point if required.
[ Using Custom Screen Tone/Video
[Alarm Menu] e Assign Tone/
Video: S % S e Custom Screen
S%SA
Handset to Vibrate at Alarm
G Setting
Time
[Alarm Menu] e Vibration: S % S
e On or Link to Sound S % S A
. Select Link to Sound to allow compatible
SMAF files to control vibration.
G Editing Entries
[Alarm List] e Select entry S %
S e Select item S % S Edit in
the same manner as saving entries
S%SA
Wakeup TV
G Changing Alarm Tone/Video
[ Using Preset Tone or Data Folder File
[Wakeup TV Menu] e Assign
Tone/Video: S % S e Select
folder S % S g Select tone/file
S%SA
. Select start point if required.
[ Using Custom Screen Tone/Video
[Wakeup TV Menu] e Assign
Tone/Video: S % S e Custom
Screen S % S A
G Editing Entries
[Wakeup TV List] e Select entry
S % S e Select item S % S
Edit in the same manner as saving
entries S % S A
Additional Functions
0 Handy Extras 3
Hour Minder
4[Hour Minder Menu] P.9-18 [Set World Time Menu] P.9-19
World Clock
G Changing Hour Minder Tone/Video G Adding Custom Time Zone
[ Using Preset Tone or Data Folder File
[Hour Minder Menu] e Advanced
S % S e Assign Tone/Video: S
% S e Select folder S % S g
Select tone/file S % S A S A
[Set World Time Menu] e Set
Time Zone S % S B S Enter
city name S % S e + or - S d
S Enter time difference S %
. Select start point if required.
[ Using Custom Screen Tone/Video
Handset to Vibrate at Hour
G Setting
Minder Time
9
Handy Extras
[Hour Minder Menu] e Advanced
S % S e Assign Tone/Video: S
% S e Custom Screen S % S
ASA
[Hour Minder Menu] e Advanced
S % S e Vibration: S % S e
On or Link to Sound S % S A
SA
. Select Link to Sound to allow compatible
SMAF files to control vibration.
9-33
Additional Functions
0 Handy Extras 4
S! Quick News
G Receiving S! Loop Item Updates
G Updating List Automatically
[ S! Quick News List
[S! Quick News Menu] e S! Loop
List S % S e S! Loop S % S
e Yes S %
[S! Quick News Menu] e Settings
S % S e Automatic Update S %
S e S! Quick News S % S e
News Flash or General S % S %
S e Select interval or On S %
. Handset connects to the Internet. Refer
to the S! Loop help menu for operational
instructions.
. When General is set to On, items are
updated once a day.
. Updating items may incur high charges.
[ Registering with S! Loop Items
9
4[S! Quick News Menu] P.9-22 [S! Quick News List] P.9-22
[ Opening Information
Handy Extras
[S! Quick News Menu] e S! Loop
List S % S e Select item S %
S e Select title S %
. Indicators:
T
U
W
Unread S! Loop
Read S! Loop
S! Loop auto update disabled
[ S! Loop List
[S! Quick News Menu] e Settings
S % S e Automatic Update S
% S e S! Loop S % S % S e
On S %
. Items are updated approximately
four times a day.
G Deleting S! Quick News Items
[ One Entry
[S! Quick News List] e Select item S
B S e Delete S % S e Delete
This News S % S e Yes S %
9-34
[ All Entries
[S! Quick News List] e Select item
SB S e Delete S % S e
Delete All S % S Enter Handset
Code S % S e Yes S %
G Deleting S! Loop Items
[ One Entry
[S! Quick News Menu] e S! Loop
List S % S e Select item S B
S e Delete S % S e Delete
This News S % S e Yes S %
[ All Entries
[S! Quick News Menu] e S! Loop
List S % S e Select item S B
S e Delete S % S e Delete All
S % S Enter Handset Code S %
S e Yes S %
Additional Functions
0 Handy Extras 5
4[Entertainment Menu] P.9-24
e-Books
G Copying Text
In open page, A S e 文字列を
ｺﾋﾟｰ S % S g Select first
character S % S g Highlight
text range S %
Non-DM002SH e-Books
G Opening
(Library)
. Some files may not open.
9
Handy Extras
[Entertainment Menu] e e-Book
Viewer S B S e Select file S %
9-35
Additional Functions
0 Scanner 1
4[Barcode/Scan Menu] P.9-25 [Barcode Scan Results Window] P.9-25 [Scanned Text Window] P.9-28
Scan Barcode
G Scanning during Text Entry
[ Pasting All Scan Results
In a text entry window, B S e
Scan S % S e Scan Code S %
S Frame barcode in center of
Display S % S %
[ Pasting a Part of Scan Results
9
Handy Extras
In a text entry window, B S e
Scan S % S e Scan Code S %
S Frame barcode in center of
Display S % S B S g Select
first character S % S g
Highlight text range S %
G Reading Saved Barcode Images
[Barcode/Scan Menu] e Open
Barcode S % S g Select file S %
Scan Text
G Scanning during Text Entry
In a text entry window, B S e
Scan S % S e Text Scanner S
% S Frame text in center of
Display S % S e Select line S
%S%
Scan Results
G Using Linked Info
[ Dialing Numbers
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] g Select
number S % S !
[ Sending Messages
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] g Select
mail address S % S Complete
message S A
. When MAIL TO: appears in scan results,
press % to enter the items underlined
with a dotted line automatically in
Composition window.
9-36
[ Accessing Internet Sites
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] g Select
URL S %
G Saving Scan Results
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] B S e
Save S %
G Opening Saved Scan Results
[Barcode/Scan Menu] e Scanned
Results S % S e Select file S %
. Select a file and press B to rename
files, open properties or delete files.
. Some files may not open.
Additional Functions
0 Scanner 2
4[Barcode Scan Results Window] P.9-25 [Scanned Text Window] P.9-28 [Card Scan Results Window] P.9-27
G Saving Linked Info to Phone Book
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] g Select
number or mail address S B S
e Save to Ph.Book S % S e As
New Entry S % S Complete other
fields S A
G Saving Images & Melodies
[Barcode Scan Results Window]
g Select file S B S e To Data
Folder S %
G Opening or Playing Files
[Barcode Scan Results Window]
g Select file S %
[Barcode Scan Results Window]
g Select image S B S e Set as
Wallpaper S % S %
. If Wallpaper Display options appear,
follow onscreen prompts.
G Using Images for System Graphics
[Barcode Scan Results Window]
g Select image S B S e As
System S % S e Select item S
% S % S g Specify display
area S %
. Some images may be usable without
specifying display area.
G Pasting to Message Text
[ All Text
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Card Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] B S e
Send Message S % S % S e
E Mail or SMS S % S Complete
message S A
. E Mail Composition window opens
automatically depending on character
count.
[ Selected Text
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Card Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] B S e
Send Message S % S B S g
Select first character S % S g
Highlight text range S % S e
E Mail or SMS S % S Complete
message S A
. E Mail Composition window opens
automatically depending on character
count.
G Copying Text
[ Text
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Card Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] B S e
Copy S % S g Select first
character S % S g Highlight
text range S %
9
Handy Extras
. To add to an existing entry, select As
New Detail.
. When MEMORY: appears in scan results,
press % to enter the items underlined
with a dotted line automatically in Phone
Book entry window.
G Using Images as Wallpaper
[ Number, Address or URL
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] g Select
number, mail address or URL S
B S e Copy Telephone, Copy
Address or Copy URL S %
9-37
S! Loop.......................................... 10-2
S! Circle Talk ................................ 10-6
Using S! Loop (Japanese) ............. 10-2
Using S! Circle Talk ........................10-6
S! Friend's Status......................... 10-3
Using S! Friend's Status ................ 10-3
10
Communication
Services
10-1
S! Loop
Using S! Loop (Japanese)
S! Loop is an online communication service. Share your diary, join BBS, etc.
Internet connection is required; may incur high charges.
1 % S e Communication
S%
{
1w
Communication
NS! Loop
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ZS! Friend's Sta...
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
PS! Circle Talk
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e S! Loop S %
+4
1w
10
Communication Services
10-2
ひとこと
更新
友達ﾘｽﾄ
. Refer to the S! Loop help menu for
operational instructions.
S! Friend's Status
Using S! Friend's Status
. S! Friend's Status requires a separate contract and basic monthly fee.
. Set Connection status to Online beforehand.
2 e Offline S % S e
Changing My Status
Online S %
Follow these steps to change Status,
Availability and Comment; new status is
sent to the members.
+B D
1 ( (Long)
When using S! Friend's Status for the
first time, a confirmation appears.
Choose Yes and press %, then skip
ahead to 3.
{
1w
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e Select Status, e.g., ごき
4 e Select Availability, e.g.,
Answer OK S % S e
Select new Availability S %
S Enter text S %
6 A S Update starts
Changing Availability Settings at Once
[My Status Window] e Select
Answer Status, e.g., All OK S % S
e Select new Answer Status S %
Hiding My Status in Standby Window
[My Status Window] e Standby
Window On S % S e Off S %
10
Communication Services
げん S % S e Select new
Status S %
My Status
/Offline
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Connection
vごきげん
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Status
^All OK
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
:Answer OK
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
;Reply OK
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
<Join OK
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
_<Add Comment>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
@Standby Window...
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
My Status Window
. If Connection status is Online, skip
ahead to 3.
1w
My Status
/Online
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
vごきげん
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^All OK
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
:Answer OK
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
;Reply OK
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
<Join OK
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5 e <Add Comment> S %
Advanced
1(Disabling S! Friend's Status & S! Circle Talk
(P.13-16)
10-3
S! Friend's Status
Registering Members
Follow these steps to register a number
saved in Phone Book for the first time. To
add members, see P.10-5.
1 % S e Communication S
% S e S! Friend's Status
S % S e Yes S %
+B D
1w
Add Member
Phone Book
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Add New Entry
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Phone Book S % S g
When Registration is Complete
. My Status is sent and member's status
appears on handset.
Direct Entry
In 2, e Add New Entry S % S
Enter phone number S % S 4
10
Communication Services
S%
. Omit 3 if only one number is saved.
4 e Yes S %
. Registration request is sent to the
number. Registration is complete
when an acceptance notice arrives.
1 % S e Communication S
% S e S! Friend's Status
S % S f Select Group
+B D
Registering from Received Request
When a registration request arrives, a
confirmation appears.
Accept the
registration
request from Kato
Koichi?
Select entry S %
3 e Select phone number
Opening Member Status
1w
Group 1
My Status
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
:;<
vXXXX
Ueda Mikio
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
:;<
vXXXX
Kato Koichi
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-;,
xXXXX
My Status
Member Status
S! Friend's Status Member List
. Image set for Picture: in My Details
or Phone Book appears.
2 e Select member S %
Yes
No
1 e Yes S %
+B D
. Acceptance notice is sent; the
number is registered.
Rejecting
In 1, e No S % S e Yes S %
, Rejection notice is sent; the number
cannot be registered for 24 hours.
1w
Ueda Mikio
090392XXXX1
]Group 1
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
/Online
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
vごきげん
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Member Status Details Window
When Cancellation Notice Arrives
. Member is deleted from S! Friend's
Status member list.
Advanced
0 (Adding Members
(Deleting Members (Moving Members
(Renaming Groups (Updating Manually (Opening Notices (P.10-5)
10-4
1(Rejecting requests from unsaved numbers
(P.13-16)
(Rejecting all requests
S! Friend's Status
G Adding Members
[S! Friend's Status Member List]
B S e Add Member S % S e
Select method S % S Select
entry or enter phone number S %
S e Yes S %
G Deleting Members
[S! Friend's Status Member List]
e Select member S B S e
Registration Release S % S e
Yes S % S e Yes S %
Moving Members
[S! Friend's Status Member List]
e Select member S B S e
Change Group S % S e Select
target Group S %
[S! Friend's Status Member List]
B S e Edit Group Name S % S
Enter name S %
G Updating Manually
[S! Friend's Status Member List]
B S e Settings S % S e
Status Update S %
G Opening Notices
[S! Friend's Status Member List]
B S e Status Notif. List S % S
e Select notice S %
. Accept or reject registration requests.
10
Communication Services
G
. Cancellation notice is sent; deleted
members cannot be re-registered for
24 hours.
G Renaming Groups
10-5
S! Circle Talk
Using S! Circle Talk
. A subscription to S! Friend's Status is required.
. Transmission fees apply during S! Circle Talk.
Registering Members
Follow these steps to register a number
saved in Phone Book.
1D
No.1: S %
5 e Phone Book S % S g
Select entry S %
. When registering a member for the
first time, a confirmation appears.
Choose Yes and press %, then skip
ahead to 3.
2 e <Add New Entry> S %
{
10
4 e Select number, e.g.,
1w
Communication Services
New Entry
Individual
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Group
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e Group S % S e Group
Name: S % S Enter name
S%
{
6 e Select phone number S %
{
Saving as Individuals
In 3, e Individual S % S 5 - 6
Saving from S! Friend's Status Member
List
In 5, e Members List S % S e
Select member S % S 7
, Omit 7 when Individual is selected in 3.
1w
New Group 1 People
Group Name:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Friend
No.1:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Ueda Mikio
No.2:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. Omit 6 if only one number is saved.
. Repeat 4 - 6 to add members.
7 A S Saved
1w
New Group 0 People
Group Name:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Friend
No.1:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
No.2:
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Advanced
0 (Editing Member List
10-6
(P.10-8)
1(Disabling S! Friend's Status & S! Circle Talk
(P.13-16)
S! Circle Talk
Initiating S! Circle Talk
Follow these steps to send S! Circle Talk
requests to members.
Set My Status to Online first (P.10-3 1 - 2).
1D
+B D
1w
S! C/T Members List
u<Add New Entry>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7XXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6Friend
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
S! Circle Talk Member List
2 e Select member or Group
S%
3 % S Transmission starts
To be the First Speaker
After 3, press and hold D
Direct Entry
Enter phone number S D S % S
Transmission starts
[ Speaking
1 Press and hold D when
hPress and Hold appears
S You have the floor
+B D
M1w
S! Circle Talk X
Ueda Mikio
>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XXXXXXX
>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XXXXXXX
>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. h:Own appears when you have the
floor.
2 Keep holding D to speak
S Release D S Floor is
released
. Warning tone sounds before time limit.
Loudspeaker
During S! Circle Talk, %
, Press to toggle Loudspeaker on/off.
[ Exiting S! Circle Talk
1 " S Connection ends
. S! Circle Talk ends automatically
when there is only one participant
left, including yourself.
Rejoining S! Circle Talk
c/d S e Select most recent
S! Circle Talk record S B S e
Rejoin Circle Talk S %
, An error message appears when
S! Circle Talk has ended or maximum
number of participants are already
engaged.
Accepting S! Circle Talk Request
1 While handset is ringing/
vibrating, ! S S! Circle
Talk starts
+B
D
M1w
S! Circle Talk X
Ueda Mikio
>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XXXXXXX
>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XXXXXXX
>
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. Alternatively, press D.
. S! Circle Talk Operations: left
10
Communication Services
. S! Circle Talk starts when request is
accepted by a receiver.
S! Circle Talk Operations
Advanced
1(Canceling Loudspeaker
(P.13-16)
10-7
S! Circle Talk
G Editing Member List
[ Replacing Individual Members
[S! Circle Talk Member List] e
Select member S B S e Edit S
% S % S e Select method S
% S g Select entry S %
[ Editing Groups
[S! Circle Talk Member List] e
Select Group S B S e Edit S
% S e Select target S % S
Edit/enter S % S A
[ Deleting Members or Groups
10
Communication Services
10-8
[S! Circle Talk Member List] e
Select member or Group S B S
e Delete S % S e Yes S %
[ Deleting Group Members
[S! Circle Talk Member List] e
Select Group S B S e Edit S %
S e Select member S B S e
Delete S % S e Yes S % S A
Handset Security ......................... 11-2
Operations Security........................11-2
Information Security .......................11-3
11
Handset Security
11-1
Handset Security
Operations Security
Password Lock
Restrict access to handset functions.
Auto
Once
Lock when handset is closed
One time lock
Lock when handset is
At Power On
turned on
1 % S e Settings S % S
Handset Security
11
f Phone Settings S e
Locks S %
{
1w
Locks
PIN Entry
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Off
Change PIN2
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Locks Menu
2 e Password Lock S %
3 e Select item S % S
Enter Handset Code S %
Advanced
0 (Changing PIN1
11-2
(Changing PIN2 (P.11-4)
Unlocking Handset
[Standby] Enter Handset Code S %
When Password Lock is Active
. Press corresponding key to turn handset
on/off, answer calls, place callers on
hold, end calls, etc.
PIN Entry
Activate PIN Entry to require PIN1 entry
each time handset is turned on.
1 In Locks menu, e PIN Entry
S % S e Switch On/Off
S%
2 e On S % S Enter PIN1
S%
Secure Remote Lock
Lock lost handset remotely via PC.
Secure Remote Lock disables all
operations except turning handset on, and
activates IC Card Lock (P.9-11).
For more about Secure Remote Lock, see
Disney Mobile Website (P.14-21).
Handset Security
Information Security
Phone Book Lock
History Lock
Restrict access to Phone Book information.
1 % S e Settings S % S
f Phone Settings S e
Locks S %
{
1w
Locks
2 e Phone Book Lock S %
3 e On S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
Temporary Access to Phone Book
. When accessing Phone Book, enter
Handset Code and press %.
1 In Locks menu, e History
Lock S %
{
1w
History Lock
n Call Log
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
n Sent/Rcvd Msg.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Select item S B (p
appears) S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
Temporary Access to Records
. When accessing records, enter Handset
Code and press %.
Activate Show Secret Data to access
Secret entries.
1 In Locks menu, e Show
Secret Data S %
2 e On S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
When Show Secret Data is Active
. Predictive is not available for text entry.
Handset Security
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Locks Menu
PIN Entry
Off
Change PIN2
Show Secret Data
Restrict access to Call Log and sent/
received mail records.
11
11-3
Handset Security
PIN
G Changing PIN1
[Locks Menu] e PIN Entry S %
S e Change PIN S % S Enter
current PIN1 S % S Enter new
PIN1 S % S Re-enter new PIN1
S%
Handset Security
11
11-4
G Changing PIN2
[Locks Menu] e Change PIN2 S
% S Enter current PIN2 S % S
Enter new PIN2 S % S Re-enter
new PIN2 S %
Infrared.......................................... 12-2
Backup........................................ 12-11
Transferring Files via Infrared ........ 12-3
Backup & Restore ........................12-11
Bluetooth® .................................... 12-6
S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB) ...12-14
Transferring Files via Bluetooth®.... 12-7
About SAB....................................12-14
Backup & Restore ........................12-16
Mass Storage.............................. 12-10
Connecting to PC ........................ 12-10
12
Connectivity &
File Backup
12-1
Infrared
Infrared
Wirelessly transfer the following files
between DM002SH and compatible devices:
Phone Book
Connectivity & File Backup
12
12-2
Received Msg.
Calendar
Sent Messages
Tasks
Drafts
Notepad
Templates
Bookmarks
Data Folder
. Copy/forward protected files are not
transferable.
. Some files may not be transferable; some
settings may be lost, or files may not be
saved properly.
Getting Started
Infrared Precautions
Align Infrared Ports of both devices.
Transfer Options
One File
Transfer
All File
Transfer
Receive
Folder
IrSS
Transfer
. Do not place objects between devices.
. Keep Infrared Ports aligned during transfer.
Transfer single files
Transfer all files by function
Receive a folder with Data
Folder files. (Handset does not
support sending folders.)
Exchange single image files
with compatible devices at
high speed
. Some transfer options may be unavailable
depending on file type.
. Transfer Memory Card files one by one.
Authorisation Code
. Four-digit code required for infrared
transfers. All File Transfers possible when
codes match. (Authorisation Code is
changeable for each transfer.)
Infrared
Transferring Files via Infrared
Receiving Files
1 % S e Settings S % S
3 Connection request arrives
{
Calling not
available during
operation, OK?
1w
Yes
No
Infrared Menu
e On(3 min.) S %
. Infrared is activated.
. Handset receives files if sent within
three minutes.
. Handset must be in Standby to
accept connection requests.
Request Window
4 Perform subsequent
operations
. To cancel transfer, press A.
Subsequent Operations
[ One File Transfer
e Yes S % S e Yes S %
. When confirmation for save location
appears, select a location and press %.
[ All File Transfer (Adding Files)
e Yes S % S Enter Authorisation
Code S % S e As New Items S %
[ Receiving Folders
e Yes S % S e Yes S %
. Handset receives folders when it can newly
create a folder, or the same folder name
exists in the same layer as that of sender's.
[ IrSS Transfer
e Yes S %
. Files are saved to Data Folder (Pictures).
Connectivity & File Backup
Infrared
Switch On/Off
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Send All
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Switch On/Off S % S
1w
Receive IrSimple
f Connectivity S e
Infrared S %
{
-
12
Advanced
0 (Overwriting Existing Files
(Sending My Details (Sending
Non-Phone Book Files (P.12-5)
12-3
Infrared
All File Transfer
Sending Files
1 In Infrared menu, e Send
One File Transfer
Example: Phone Book Entries
1 b S g Select entry S B
S e Send Entry S %
All S %
1w
p HA MA YA RA WA Ab * P
Connectivity & File Backup
BIto Jun
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
AUeda Mikio
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Send Entry
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
As
Message
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Via
Bluetooth
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Via
Infrared
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2 e Via Infrared S %
Calling not
available during
operation, OK?
12
Yes
No
3 e Yes S % S Transfer
starts
. When finished, entry list returns.
3 e Select image S A (Long)
{
No
2 e Yes S % S Enter
1w
Send via IrSS
Handset Code S %
1w
)[
Send All
Received Messages
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Sent Messages
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Drafts
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e Select item S %
1w
)[
Send All
Enter 4 digit number
(Authorisation
Code).
4 Enter Authorisation Code S
% S Transfer starts
. When finished, Send All menu
returns.
When Sending Phone Book
. In 4, follow these steps to select
whether to send Phone Book Pictures.
e Yes or No S %
12-4
1 % S e Data Folder S %
2 e Pictures or DCIM S %
For DCIM, select a folder and press %.
Calling not
available during
operation, OK?
Yes
{
Sending JPEG Images at High Speed
Set other device
to waiting status.
4 e Yes or No S % S
Transfer starts
. When finished, file list returns.
. Transfers are one-way; end even if
files are not received.
Infrared
G Overwriting Existing Files
[Request Window] e Yes S % S
Enter Authorisation Code S % S
e Delete All & Save S % S e
Yes S % S Enter Handset Code
S%
G Sending My Details
% S 0 S B S e Send My
Card S % S e Via Infrared S %
S e Yes S % S Transfer starts
G Sending Non-Phone Book Files
In file list, g (select file) S % S
B S e Send S % S e Via
Infrared S % S e Yes S % S
Transfer starts
Connectivity & File Backup
. For Phone Book, My Details except
handset phone number is overwritten
as well.
12
12-5
Bluetooth®
Bluetooth®
Wirelessly transfer files between
DM002SH and compatible devices
(handsfree devices, etc.).
. Bluetooth connection may not be possible
with some Bluetooth® devices.
, Handset shall be connected to certified
Bluetooth® devices that meet the
specification standards developed by
Bluetooth SIG.
, Data transfers may fail depending on
characteristics or specifications of the
certified Bluetooth® devices.
, Noise may interfere with wireless or
handsfree conversations.
®
Connectivity & File Backup
12
12-6
Getting Started
Bluetooth® Precautions
. Bring handsets to within ten meters.
(Bluetooth® connection/transfer rate may
vary depending on conditions.)
. TV audio is supported only on SCMS-T
DRM scheme compliant Bluetooth® devices.
Handsfree Device Precautions
. Place calls from handsfree devices while
handset is in Standby.
. Handle call operations on the device in use.
Bluetooth® Connection
Sender
Recipient
Search for devices
Select device
Activate
Bluetooth®
Request connection
(Enter
Authorisation Code)
Accept
Enter
Authorisation Code
Connection complete
Authorisation Code
. 4 to 16-digit code required for Bluetooth®
connections. Pairing possible when
codes match.
Bluetooth®
Transferring Files via Bluetooth®
Activating Bluetooth®
1 % S e Settings S % S
f Connectivity S e
Bluetooth S %
{
1w
Bluetooth Menu
2 e Switch On/Off S % S
Device Search & Pairing
Activate Bluetooth® on devices to be
paired with.
1 In Bluetooth menu, e
Search for Devices S %
. Found devices are listed after search.
. Press A to cancel.
2 e Select device S %
e On S %
. Bluetooth® is activated.
. Handset must be in Standby to
accept connection requests.
If handset is already connected to another
device, choose Yes and press %.
3 Enter the same
Authorisation Code for
handset and the other
device S %
. On the other device, complete code
entry within 30 seconds.
. For handsfree devices, enter
specified Authorisation Code.
4 % S Paring complete
. Authorisation Codes are not
necessary for paired devices.
Connecting to Paired Devices
1 In Bluetooth menu, e
Paired Devices S %
{
g
1w
All Paired Devices
gD h Cr
NXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
NXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
All
Paired Devices List
2 g Select device S %
If handset is already connected to another
device, choose Yes and press %.
. The device is connected and p
(checked) appears. Devices marked
with p reconnect to handset when
placing or receiving calls.
Connectivity & File Backup
Bluetooth
Switch On/Off
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Search for Devices
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Paired Devices
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Connecting to Bluetooth® Devices
12
Advanced
0 (Renaming Paired Devices
(Deleting Paired Devices
(Disconnecting Devices (P.12-9)
1(Setting idle time after which Bluetooth
®
is canceled (P.13-17)
12-7
Bluetooth®
Accepting Connection Requests
Follow these steps to accept connection
requests from unpaired devices.
1 Connection request arrives
3 e Select device S % S e
Transferring Files
Follow the steps below to exchange files
with paired devices.
. For transferable files, see P.12-2.
. When requested, enter Authorisation Code.
Receiving
XXXX
Add to my devices?
Connectivity & File Backup
12
S e Yes S %
Yes
No
Request Window
2 e Yes S %
{
1 Connection request arrives
h
1w
Pairing
Enter the same
number as the
target device.
3 Enter the same
Authorisation Code as
sender's S %
. Complete code entry within 30 seconds.
. For handsfree devices, enter
specified Authorisation Code.
2 e Yes S %
. When confirmation for save location
appears, select a location and press %.
. To cancel transfer, press A.
All File Transfer (Adding Files)
In 2, e As New Items S %
One File Transfer
Example: Phone Book Entries
1 b S g Select entry S B
Yes S % S Transfer starts
. When finished, entry list returns.
All File Transfer
1 In Bluetooth menu, e Send
All S %
2 e Select device S % S e
Yes S % S Enter Handset
Code S %
3 e Select item S % S
Transfer starts
. When finished, Send All menu
returns.
When Sending Phone Book
. In 3, follow these steps to select
whether to send Phone Book Pictures.
e Yes or No S %
S e Send Entry S %
2 e Via Bluetooth S %
Advanced
0 (Overwriting Existing Files
(Sending My Details (Sending
Non-Phone Book Files (P.12-9)
12-8
1(Cloaking handset to avoid connection requests
(P.13-17)
Bluetooth®
G Renaming Paired Devices
[Bluetooth Menu] e Paired
Devices S % S e Select device
S B S e Change Name S % S
Enter name S %
G Deleting Paired Devices
. To delete a device connected to
handset, choose Yes and press %.
G Disconnecting Devices
[All Paired Devices List] f Select
device type S e Select device
with P S %
[Request Window] e Yes S % S
e Delete All & Save S % S e
Yes S % S Enter Handset Code
S%
. For Phone Book, My Details except
handset phone number is overwritten
as well.
G Sending My Details
% S 0 S B S e Send My
Card S % S e Via Bluetooth S
% S e Select device S % S e
Yes S % S Transfer starts
G Sending Non-Phone Book Files
In file list, g (select file) S % S
B S e Send S % S e Via
Bluetooth S % S e Select
device S % S e Yes S % S
Transfer starts
Connectivity & File Backup
[Bluetooth Menu] e Paired
Devices S % S e Select device
S B S e Delete S % S e Yes
S%
G Overwriting Existing Files
12
12-9
Mass Storage
Connecting to PC
Accessing Memory Card from PC
Connect handset to a PC via USB Cable
to access Memory Card from the PC
without removing the card from handset.
Connectivity & File Backup
12
. USB Cable may be purchased separately.
. If handset is connected to a PC via USB
Cable, disconnect it first.
1 % S e Settings S % S
f Connectivity S e USB
Mode S %
2 e Mass Storage S %
{
G
Mass Storage
Calling not
available during
operation, OK?
Yes
No
3 e Yes S %
12-10
1w
4 Connect handset to a PC via
USB Cable
5 A S e Yes S % S
Connection ends
. Safely remove handset (recognized
as removable hardware device) on
the PC, then disconnect USB Cable.
Utility Software (Japanese)
Supplied CD-ROM contains these utility
software programs:
Modem Wizard
Handset
Manager
Use handset as a modem
Transfer files between
handset and PC
Transfer files on Memory
Memory Card
Cards formatted for other
Transfer Software handsets by SHARP to
Memory Cards for handset
PC Document
Convert PC files to
Conversion Utility view them on handset
. USB Cable driver is also contained.
. For details, see Utility Software Starter
Guide (Japanese) on Utility Software
CD-ROM.
Mobile Data Communication Fees
. Using the Internet by connecting handset
to PC/PDA may incur high charges as
large-volume packet transmissions tend
to occur in a short period of time; check
transmission fees while online.
Backup
Backup & Restore
Back up information to Memory Card, and
restore to handset as needed.
The following folders/entries can be
transferred at once:
Received Msg.
Tasks
Drafts
Notepad
Bookmarks
User Dictionary
Phone Book
My Pictograms
Mail Groups
Contents Keys
Calendar
. Not available if battery is low.
. Some items may not be transferable; some
settings may be lost, or files may not
transfer properly.
[ Received Msg.
. E Mail Notices are restored as messages,
invalidating complete message retrieval.
. Transfer deletes Auto Sort Keys.
. If spam filter is available on recipient
handset, Spam Folder messages are
saved in spam folder regardless of the
setting. (If unavailable, they are saved as
normal received messages.)
[ Drafts
If transferred from Drafts, only the first
entered recipient remains or SMS addressed
to multiple recipients may not be saved.
[ Bookmarks
. Disney Web, PC Site Browser and
Streaming Bookmarks are all backed up.
. Streaming Bookmarks are saved as Disney
Web Bookmarks.
[ Contents Keys
. Moving Keys to Memory Card creates a
special file. Performing Backup again on
the same Memory Card overwrites that file.
Perform Restore beforehand.
. While Keys are on Memory Card, related
files are inaccessible. (Perform Restore to
use those files.)
Connectivity & File Backup
Templates
Sent Messages
Precautions
12
12-11
Backup
Handset to Memory Card
1 % S e Settings S % S
f Connectivity S e
Memory Card S %
2 e Backup/Restore S %
{
Connectivity & File Backup
12
G
1w
Backup/Restore
Backup
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Restore
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Encode
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Backup/Restore Menu
3 e Backup S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
4 e Yes S %
)[
G
Backup
5 e Select item S %
For Select All, Phone Book or
Contents Keys confirmation appears.
Choose Yes or No and press %.
. To cancel, press A.
Memory Card to Handset
Restoring backed up content to handset
overwrites current handset content (with
the exception of Contents Keys).
1 In Backup/Restore menu, e
Restore S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
2 e Yes S %
)[
1w
Select All
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Received Messages
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Drafts
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
G
1w
Restore
Select All
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Received Messages
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Drafts
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e Select item S %
)[
G
Backup File List
4 e Select file S %
For Select All, repeat 4 for each item.
To skip an item, press A.
)[
G
Restore
Advanced
12-12
(Deleting Backup Files (P.12-13)
1w
Select a file to
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
restore from.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XXXXXXXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XXXXXXXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Delete phone data?
XXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Yes
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
No
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
. If there is more than one file, check
the date of transfer to select.
5 e Yes S %
. To cancel, press A.
0 (Encoding Data for Backup
1w
Received Messages
Select a file to
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
restore from.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
XXXXXXXXXXXX
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Backup
G Encoding Data for Backup
[Backup/Restore Menu] e Encode
S % S e Select item S % S e
On S %
. Available for Phone Book, Messaging
folders, Calendar and Tasks.
[Backup File List] e Select file S
B S e Yes S %
Connectivity & File Backup
G Deleting Backup Files
12
12-13
S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB)
About SAB
Back up Phone Book content in SAB; add Phone Book changes
to SAB anytime. Edit SAB online via PC; add SAB changes to
Phone Book anytime. Restore lost or altered Phone Book content
from SAB.
{
1w
Kondo
B
Koichi
Connectivity & File Backup
12
12-14
l
m
R03123XXXX2
N090392XXXX3
Z [email protected]
Z UAdd
SAB Sync Commands & Features
Backup/
Restore
Backup/Restore
Synchronize
n
Synchronize
Phone
Book
Birthday Notification
Edit on PC
Server
Backup
Restore
Synchronize
Sync from Client
Sync from Server
Import from PC
Export to PC
Birthday
Notification
Edit on PC
Import from/Export to PC
. SAB requires a separate contract and basic monthly fee.
. Use SAB to add Phone Book content to a new compatible Disney
Mobile handset; some conditions apply (P.12-15).
. Use a PC to edit SAB online.
. For more about SAB, see the corresponding Website (P.14-21).
. Sync commands (Backup, Restore and Synchronize) all incur
transmission fees.
Send
Notice6
Spam Filter
1
Email Address
Notification7
"Disaster Message
Board" Message
Notification8
Tomodachi
Email Filter9
Export Phone Book content to SAB1
Import SAB content to Phone Book2
Synchronize Phone Book and SAB3
Add Phone Book changes to SAB4
Add SAB changes to Phone Book5
Upload PC address book info to SAB
Export SAB content to PC address
book
SAB sends reminders via SMS to
handset
Send new handset mail address to
specified addresses
Send emergency message board
update to specified addresses
Always accept messages from
mail addresses saved in SAB
Any existing SAB content is deleted.
Any existing Phone Book content is deleted.
3
If the same entry item is edited in Phone Book and SAB, SAB
content is referenced.
4
Unrelated SAB changes remain.
5
Unrelated Phone Book changes remain.
6
Access this function via handset or a PC.
7
Backup resets notification setting; handset address is sent to all addresses.
8
Backup resets notification setting; updates are not sent to any address.
9
Export Phone Book content to SAB beforehand.
2
S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB)
Precautions
Service Usage Outline
Complete Contract
Contact General Information (P.14-38) for application.
[ Unsynchronizable Items
SAB restoration cancels these Phone Book settings:
, Picture, Tone/Video, Vibration
[ Unintentional Phone Book or SAB Content Deletion
Receive User ID & Password
After subscription, User ID and Password arrive via SMS.
. User ID and Password are required to use SAB via a PC.
[ Phone Book ⇔ SAB Content Capacity Disparities
Use SAB
Export Phone Book content to SAB.
When the number of savable items varies between Phone
Book and SAB entries, Synchronization reflects lower limit.
[ Contract Termination
SAB content is deleted upon contract termination.
[ SAB Transfers to New Handsets
. SAB-Compatible 3G Handsets
SAB remains as last saved and is fully accessible.
Connectivity & File Backup
. When no Phone Book content exists, selecting Synchronize, Sync
from Client or Backup deletes all SAB content.
. When no SAB content exists, selecting Synchronize, Sync from
Server or Restore deletes all Phone Book content.
12
Advanced
0 (Confirming User ID & Password
(P.12-17)
12-15
S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB)
Backup & Restore
Backup (Phone Book > SAB)
Any existing SAB content is deleted.
1 % S e Phone S % S e
S! Addressbook Backup S %
{
Connectivity & File Backup
12
1w
S! Addressbook
Start Sync
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Sync History
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Auto Sync Settings
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
S! Addressbook Menu
2 e Start Sync S % S e
Backup S %
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Sync from Server
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Backup
Start Backup of
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Phone Book?
Restore
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Yes
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
No
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3 e Yes S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
. Backup starts; when completed,
details appear.
4 % S Backup complete
Canceling Backup
A S e Yes S %
Synchronizing Phone Book
Synchronize Options:
Synchronize
Restore (SAB > Phone Book)
Any existing Phone Book content is deleted.
1 In S! Addressbook menu,
e Start Sync S % S e
Restore S %
2 e Yes S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
. Restore starts; when completed,
details appear.
3 % S Restore complete
Canceling Restore
A S e Yes S %
Sync from Client
Sync from Server
Synchronize Phone
Book and SAB
Add Phone Book
changes to SAB
Add SAB changes
to Phone Book
If this is your first use of SAB (new
handset), Synchronization is performed
via Synchronize regardless of selection.
1 In S! Addressbook menu,
e Start Sync S % S e
Select option S %
2 e Yes S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
. Synchronization starts; when
completed, details appear.
3 % S Synchronization
complete
Canceling Synchronization
A S e Yes S %
Advanced
0 (Auto Synchronization
12-16
(Opening Log (P.12-17)
S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB)
G Confirming User ID & Password
A S g 設定·申込 S % S e S!電
話帳バックアップ編集用パスワード
確認 S % S Follow onscreen
instructions
G Auto Synchronization
[S! Addressbook Menu] e Auto
Sync Settings S % S Enter
Handset Code S % S e Set On/
Off S % S e On S %
[ Changing Auto Sync Frequency
[S! Addressbook Menu] e Auto
Sync Settings S % S Enter
Handset Code S % S e Set On/
Off S % S e On S % S e Set
Frequency S % S e Select
frequency S % S Enter/select
date/time/day of the week S %
[S! Addressbook Menu] e Auto
Sync Settings S % S Enter
Handset Code S % S e Set On/
Off S % S e On S % S e Set
Sync Mode S % S e Select
command S %
G Opening Log
[S! Addressbook Menu] e Sync
History S % S e Select record
S%
Connectivity & File Backup
[ Activating
[ Changing Auto Sync Command
12
12-17
Phone Settings............................. 13-2
Display .......................................... 13-3
Ringtones & Sounds.................... 13-5
Text Entry & Phone Book ............ 13-6
Calling ........................................... 13-7
Messaging .................................... 13-8
Disney Web & PC Site Browser ... 13-10
Digital TV .................................... 13-11
Camera ....................................... 13-13
Media Player & S! Applications ... 13-14
Handy Extras.............................. 13-15
Communication Services.......... 13-16
Connectivity ............................... 13-17
Reset........................................... 13-18
13
Handset
Customization
13-1
Phone Settings
1 Phone Settings
Mode
Selecting a handset mode
Customizing handset modes
Date & Time
Setting the date and time
Handset Customization
13
13-2
Correcting Clock manually
Activating Daylight Saving
Changing Time Zone
Changing time format to 12 hour
Changing date format
Starting the Calendar week on Monday
3% S e Settings S % S f Phone Settings S e Mode Settings S %
e Select mode S %
e Select mode S B S e Select item S % S Adjust settings
. Not available for Normal mode.
3% S e Settings S % S f Phone Settings S e Date & Time S %
e Set Date/Time S % S Enter the year S Enter the month S Enter the day
S Enter the time S %
e Time Correction S % S e Manual S % S e Yes S %
e Daylight Saving S % S e On S %
e Set Time Zone S % S f Select area S %
e Time Format S % S e 12 Hour S %
e Date Format S % S e Select option S %
e Calendar Format S % S e Monday-Sunday S %
Display
1 Display Settings 1
Language
3% S e Settings S % S f Phone Settings
Switching interface between Japanese and English
Display Image
3% S e Settings S % S f Phone Settings S e Display S %
Showing preloaded images for incoming calls, etc.
Showing Data Folder images for incoming calls, etc.
e System Graphics S % S e Select item S % S e Preset Animation (or
Pattern 1 to Pattern 3) S %
e System Graphics S % S e Select item S % S e Select folder S % S
g Select image S % S % S g Specify display area S %
. Some images may be usable without specifying display area.
e System Graphics S % S e Select item S % S e Custom Screen S %
. Not available for Power On or Power Off.
3% S e Settings S % S f Phone Settings S e Display S %
Changing Display/Keypad Backlight illumination time
Changing Display Brightness
Changing inactivity time after which Display turns off
e Backlight S % S e Time Out S % S e Select time S %
e Backlight S % S e Brightness S % S e Adjust level S %
e Display Saving S % S e Select period S %
Handset Customization
Showing Custom Screen images for incoming calls, etc.
Display Illumination
e Language or 言語選択 S % S e English or 日本語 S %
13
13-3
Display
1 Display Settings 2
External Display
Changing inactivity time after which External Display
turns off
e External Display S % S e Duration S % S e Select time S %
Hiding new received messages
e External Display S % S e Messages S % S e Not Display S %
e External Display S % S e Caller Display S % S e Off S %
Hiding caller's number/name
Additional Display Settings
Changing Clock/Calendar
Handset Customization
13
13-4
3% S e Settings S % S f Phone Settings S e Display S %
Hiding indicators in Standby
Showing Softkeys in Standby
3% S e Settings S % S f Phone Settings S e Display S % S e Standby Display S %
e Clock/Calendar S % S e Select type S %
e Show Indicators S % S e Status Area S % S e Off S %
e Show Indicators S % S e Softkey Area S % S e On S %
Ringtones & Sounds
1 Ringtone & Sound Settings
Handset Response
Changing ringtone volume
Changing Event Light illumination option
3% S e Settings S % S f Phone Settings S e Sounds & Alerts S %
e Volume S % S e Select item S % S e Adjust level S %
e Event Light S % S e Select item S % S e Switch On/Off S % S e
On, Link to Sound or Off S %
Changing Event Light color
e Event Light S % S e Select item S % S e Light Colour S % S e
Select color S %
Answering calls with other keys
e Any Key Answer S % S e On S %
. Answer calls with any key except ", B, A, $, ) or Side Keys.
Changing Keypad Tones
Disabling Keypad Tones
Changing S! Circle Talk tone
Changing other System Sounds
Additional Sound Setting
Disabling Speaker when using Headphones
3% S e Settings S % S f Phone Settings S e Sounds & Alerts S %
e System Sounds S % S e Keypad Tones S % S e Select tone S %
e System Sounds S % S e Keypad Tones S % S e Off S %
e System Sounds S % S e S! Circle Talk S % S e Select tone S %
e System Sounds S % S e Select item S % S e Tone S % S e Select
folder S % S g Select tone/file S %
. For files with limited usage period, choose Yes and press %.
3% S e Settings S % S f Phone Settings
e Ringer Output S % S e Earphone S %
Handset Customization
System Sound
13
13-5
Text Entry & Phone Book
1 Text Entry & Phone Book Settings
Text Entry
3[Text Entry Window] B S e Input/Conversion S %
Disabling suggestions based on entered characters
Disabling suggestions based on entered words
Hiding emoticons in suggestion list
Lowering type priorities in suggestion list
Showing suggestions in single column
Phone Book
Handset Customization
13
13-6
e Predictive S % S e Off S %
e Previous Usage S % S e Off S %
e EmoticonWordLink S % S e Off S %
e Set Low Priority S % S e Select type S % (P appears) S A
e Candidates Format S % S e Single Column S %
3% S e Phone S % S e Ph.Book Settings S %
Switching reference Phone Book
Changing default storage media for new entries
Hiding confirmation after calls with unsaved numbers
e Select Phone Book S % S e USIM Memory or Both S %
e Save New Entry S % S e USIM Memory or Ask Each Time S %
e New Number Prompt S % S e Incoming Call or Outgoing Call S % S
e Off S %
Calling
1 Advanced Call Settings
Voice Call & Video Call
3% S e Settings S % S f Call/Video Call
Setting handset to beep once each minute during Voice Calls
Showing Call Cost after each call
Hiding Call Time during calls
Video Call
e Minute Minder S % S e On S %
e Disp. Time/Call S % S e Display Call Cost S % S e On S %
e Disp. Time/Call S % S e Call Time Counter S % S e Off S %
3% S e Settings S % S f Call/Video Call S e Video Call S %
Canceling Loudspeaker for Video Calls
e Loudspeaker S % S e Off S %
Changing quality of Incoming Images
Packet Transmission
3% S e Settings S % S f Call/Video Call S e Call Time & Cost S %
Checking the most recent packet transmission volume
Checking all packet transmission volume
e Data Counter S % S e Last Data S %
e Data Counter S % S e All Data S %
Handset Customization
Changing quality of Outgoing Images
e Camera Picture S % S e Alternative Image S % S e Select folder S
% S g Select image S % S %
e Incoming Picture S % S e Select quality S %
e Outgoing Picture S % S e Select quality S %
Changing Alternative Image
13
13-7
Messaging
1 Advanced Messaging Settings 1
General Settings
3B S e Settings S % S e General Settings S %
e Sending Status S % S e Off(Background) S %
e Delivery Report S % S e On S %
Canceling automatic deletion of oldest received messages e Auto Delete S % S e Received Msg. S % S e Off S %
Canceling automatic deletion of oldest sent messages
e Auto Delete S % S e Sent Messages S % S e Off S %
Disabling automatic resend of unsent messages
e Auto Resend S % S e Off S %
Disabling Animation View
e Animation View S % S e Off S %
Muting ringer, etc. for messages sorted into Secret folders e Message Notice S % S e Secret Folder S % S e No Response S %
Changing message list view
e Message List View S % S e Select option S %
Opening full message list in Received Msg. folder
e Received Msg. View S % S e List View S %
Opening full message list in Sent Messages folder
e Sent Msg.View S % S e List View S %
Changing message window scroll unit
e Scroll Unit S % S e Select unit S %
Hiding progress bar while sending messages
Requesting Delivery Report for all messages
Handset Customization
13
Feeling Mail
3B S e Settings S % S e General Settings S % S e Link to Feeling S %
Hiding subject, sender, etc. above Information window
Disabling Small Light illumination
Changing Small Light color
Changing handset vibration pattern
Disabling tone/video for incoming Feeling Mail
Changing tone/video for incoming Feeling Mail
Changing tone/video duration for incoming Feeling Mail
13-8
e Idle Screen Info. S % S e Off S %
e Light S % S e Switch On/Off S % S e Off S %
e Light S % S e Light Colour S % S e Select item S % S e Select
color S %
e Vibration Pattern S % S e Select option S %
e Ringtone S % S e Switch On/Off S % S e Off S %
e Ringtone S % S e Assign Tone S % S e Select item S % S e
Select folder S % S g Select tone/file S %
e Ringtone S % S e Duration S % S Enter time S %
Messaging
1 Advanced Messaging Settings 2
3D Pictogram
3B S e Settings S % S e General Settings S % S e 3D Pictogram S %
Enabling 3D Pictogram for read/unread messages
Enabling 3D Pictogram for unread messages only
Changing background color
Changing animation speed
E Mail
Disabling automatic E Mail retrieval
Disabling image auto-open
Enabling sound auto-play
SMS
Changing Server sent message storage limit
3B S e Settings S % S e E Mail Settings S %
e Message DL S % S e Manual S %
e Picture Appearance S % S e Fit for Screen S %
e Auto Play File S % S e Pictures S % S e Off S %
e Auto Play File S % S e Sounds S % S e On S %
3B S e Settings S % S e SMS Settings S %
e Expiry Time S % S e Select option S %
Handset Customization
Enabling image auto-resize
e Display Effect S % S e Always S %
e Display Effect S % S e Unread Only S %
e Background Colour S % S e Select color S %
e Display Speed S % S e Select speed S %
13
13-9
Disney Web & PC Site Browser
1 Advanced Internet Settings
Common Settings
3% S e Disney Web S % S e Common Settings S %
e Font Size S % S e Disney Web or PC Site Browser S % S e Select
size S %
e Scroll Settings S % S e Scroll Unit S % S e Select unit S %
e Scroll Settings S % S e Page Navigation S % S e Off S %
e Downloads S % S e Images S % S e Do not Show S %
e Downloads S % S e Sounds S % S e Do not Play S %
e Memory Operation S % S e Delete Cache S % S e Yes S %
e Memory Operation S % S e Delete Cookies S % S e Yes S %
e Memory Operation S % S e Delete Auth Info S % S e Yes S %
Changing character size
Changing scroll unit
Hiding navigation map for continuous scroll
Disabling automatic image download
Disabling automatic sound playback
Clearing cache (temporarily saved information)
Clearing cookies
Handset Customization
13
13-10
Clearing authentication information
Using Memory Card as primary download storage
e Download to S % S e Prefer Card S %
. Some files may be saved to handset regardless of this setting.
Resetting browser settings and stored information
(Bookmarks, Saved Pages, etc.)
e Initialized Browser S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S %
Restoring default handset settings
e Reset Settings S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S %
PC Site Browser
3% S e Disney Web S % S e PC Site Browser S %
Hiding PC Site Browser activation/change confirmation
e PC Site Browser Settings S % S e Warning Message S % S e PC Site
Browser or Disney Web S % S e Off S %
Digital TV
1 Advanced TV Settings 1
Image
3% S e TV S % S e Digital TV S % S B S e Image S %
e Brightness S % S e Adjust level S %
e Contrast S % S e Adjust level S %
e Blackness S % S e Adjust level S %
e Colour S % S e Adjust level S %
e Tint S % S e Adjust level S %
e Reset S % S e Yes S %
Adjusting Display Brightness
Adjusting Display Contrast
Adjusting black level
Adjusting color density
Adjusting color tone
Restoring default Image settings
. Image settings apply to the current AV mode.
3% S e TV S % S e Digital TV S % S B S e ToneS S %
e Select option S %
Selecting sound option
. Tone setting applies to the current AV mode.
Data Broadcast
Recording content without text data
Subtitle
Selecting subtitle display option
3% S e TV S % S e Settings S %
e Broadcast Data S % S e Set Recording S % S e Image Only S %
3% S e TV S % S e Digital TV S % S B S e Subtitle/Sound S %
e Display Subtitle S % S e Select option S %
Handset Customization
Tone
13
13-11
Digital TV
1 Advanced TV Settings 2
Handset Response
3% S e TV S % S e Settings S %
Showing calls or S! Circle Talk requests while watching TV e Calls & Alarms S % S e Select item S % S e Notice a Call S %
TV Timer
3% S e TV S % S e Settings S % S e TV Alarm S %
e Alarm Time S % S e Select time S %
Changing TV Alarm Time
Reception Area & Channel
Handset Customization
13
3% S e TV S % S e Digital TV S % S B S e Set Channels S %
e Change Area S % S e Select Area S B S e Change Area Name S %
S Enter name S %
e Change Area S % S e Select Area S B S e Channel Update S % S
e Update All S % S e Yes S %
e Channel Key Setting S % S e Select function S %
e CH Switch S % S e Select channel S B S e Move S % S e Select
target key S %
Renaming Areas
Updating all channels in the Area
Assigning key function to f
Reassigning channels to other keys
e CH Switch S % S e Select channel S B S e Delete S % S e Yes S %
Deleting channels
Additional TV Settings
3% S e TV S % S e Settings S %
Listening to audio from Speaker
Switching audio output to wireless device
Setting TV to end automatically after a period of time
Disabling auto power off when handset is closed
13-12
e Sound Output S % S e Loudspeaker S %
e gSound Output S % S e Bluetooth Device S %
e Auto Exit S % S e Auto Exit Time S % S e Select time S %
e Auto Exit S % S e Phone Closing S % S e Off S %
Camera
1 Advanced Camera Settings
Photo/Video Camera
Changing save location
Activating automatic saving
Selecting image quality
Photo Camera
Video Camera
Recording video without sound
Enlarging Viewfinder size
B S g Settings S % S g Save Pictures to or Save Videos to S % S g
Select location or Ask Each Time S %
. Ask Each Time is available for video recording when Record Time/Size is set to
For Message.
B S g Settings S % S g Auto Save S % S g On S %
B S g Picture Quality or Video Quality S % S g Select quality S %
3% S e Camera S %
B S g Settings S % S g Shutter Sound S % S g Select pattern S %
. Shutter click sounds for Continuous Shoot, Panorama Picture and Scanner are
unique and fixed.
3% S e Camera S % S A
B S g Microphone S % S g Off S %
B S g Display Size S % S g Enlarge S %
Handset Customization
Changing shutter click sound
3% S e Camera S % (For Video Camera, then press A)
13
13-13
Media Player & S! Applications
1 Advanced Media Player & S! Application Settings
Media Playback
Switching audio output to wireless device
Operational Settings
Adjusting S! Application sound volume
Showing incoming transmission notice
Pausing S! Application for incoming mail
Handset Customization
13
13-14
Setting handset to show notice at Alarm Time
Showing incoming S! Appli Request notice
Changing Screensaver Activation Time
3% S e Media Player S %
e Settings S % S e gSound Output S % S e Bluetooth Device S %
3% S e S! Appli S % S e Settings S %
e Application Volume S % S e Adjust level S %
e Calls & Alarms S % S e Select item S % S e Show Call Notice S %
e Calls & Alarms S % S e Incoming Message S % S e Message
Priority S %
e Calls & Alarms S % S e Alarm S % S e Alarm Notice S %
e Calls & Alarms S % S e Start Demand S % S e Start Notice S %
e Screensaver S % S e Activation Time S % S Enter time S %
. When an S! Application started from Screensaver is active, a message appears for incoming transmissions regardless of settings.
Reset Settings
Restoring default S! Application settings
Restoring default S! Appli Library
3% S e S! Appli S % S e Settings S %
e Set to Default S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S %
e Memory All Clear S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S %
. Delete IC Card data beforehand. (Procedures to delete IC Card data vary by
Lifestyle-Appli; contact Osaifu-Keitai® service providers for details.)
. Memory All Clear deletes all downloaded S! Applications and Lifestyle-Applications.
Handy Extras
1 Advanced Handy Extras Settings
3% S e Tools S % S f Tools 1 S e Alarms S % S e Settings S %
Alarm
Sounding Alarm Time tone even in Manner mode
Activating Alarm based on World Clock time
e For Manner Mode S % S e Ring S % S e Yes S %
e Link to World Clk S % S e On S %
3% S e Tools S % S f Tools 1 S e Wakeup TV S %
Wakeup TV
Sounding Alarm Time tone even in Manner mode
e For Manner Mode S % S e Ring S % S e Yes S %
3% S e Tools S % S f Tools 2 S e Hour Minder S % S e Advanced S %
Hour Minder
Activating Hour Minder based on World Clock time
e For Manner Mode: S % S e Ring S % S e Yes S %
e Link to World Clk: S % S e On S %
3% S e Tools S % S f Tools 1 S e Osaifu-Keitai S %
Osaifu-Keitai®
®
Restoring default Osaifu-Keitai settings
e IC Card Settings S % S e Set to Default S % S Enter Handset Code S
% S e Yes S %
. Settings in IC Card Lock, Remote Lock, Interface Settings and Balance Info return
to their defaults. (Downloaded Lifestyle-Applications remain.)
Handset Customization
Sounding Hour Minder Time tone even in Manner mode
13
13-15
Communication Services
1 Advanced Communication Service Settings
S! Friend's Status & S! Circle Talk
Disabling S! Friend's Status & S! Circle Talk
S! Friend's Status
Rejecting requests from unsaved numbers
Rejecting all requests
Handset Customization
13
13-16
S! Circle Talk
Canceling Loudspeaker
3% S e Settings S % S f Phone Settings S e Locks S %
e IP Service Setting S % S e Off S % S Enter Handset Code S %
3% S e Communication S % S e S! Friend's Status S %
B S e Settings S % S e Request Reply S % S e Confirm if Registered
S%
. Rejection notice is sent to rejected numbers automatically.
B S e Settings S % S e Request Reply S % S e Always Ignore S %
. Rejection notice is sent to all requesters automatically.
3D S B
e Loudspeaker S % S e Off S %
Connectivity
1 Advanced Connectivity Settings
3% S e Settings S % S f Connectivity S e Bluetooth S %
Bluetooth®
Cloaking handset to avoid connection requests
®
Setting idle time after which Bluetooth is canceled
PC Connection
3% S e Settings S % S f Connectivity S e USB Charge S %
e Disable S %
Disabling USB Charge
3% S e Settings S % S f Network Settings
Retrieving Network Information
Hiding Location Information
Changing Location Information confirmation option
e Retrieve NW Info S % S e Yes S %
e Location Info S % S e Datum On/Off S % S e Off S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
e Location Info S % S e Location Property S % S e Select option S %
S Enter Handset Code S %
Handset Customization
Network
e My Device Settings S % S e Visibility S % S e Hide My Phone S %
e My Device Settings S % S e Bluetooth Timeout S % S e Select time
S%
13
13-17
Reset
1 Reset Settings
Restoring Default Settings
3% S e Settings S % S f Phone Settings S e Master Reset S %
Restoring default handset settings
Clearing all Phone Book entries, Data Folder files, etc.
Handset Customization
13
13-18
e Reset Settings S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S % S e
Yes S %
. Some default settings may not be restored.
e Reset All S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S % S e Yes S %
. Delete IC Card data beforehand. (Procedures to delete IC Card data vary by
Lifestyle-Appli; contact Osaifu-Keitai® service providers for details.)
. Files and records deleted by Reset All cannot be restored. Reset All deletes all
downloaded S! Applications and Lifestyle-Applications.
. Handset Code returns to the default setting.
. A confirmation may appear before entering Handset Code; end the current function to proceed.
USIM Card ..................................... 14-2
Character Codes........................ 14-12
About USIM Card .......................... 14-2
USIM Card Installation................... 14-3
Specifications ............................ 14-18
Character Code List .....................14-12
Battery........................................... 14-4
Memory Card Structure & Contents..... 14-22
Battery Installation......................... 14-4
Menu List .................................... 14-23
Index ........................................... 14-29
Warranty & Service.................... 14-37
Customer Service ...................... 14-38
Software Update........................... 14-5
Troubleshooting ........................... 14-6
Key Assignments ......................... 14-9
Pager Codes ............................... 14-11
Pager Code List ........................... 14-11
14
Appendix
14-1
USIM Card
About USIM Card
USIM Card is an IC card containing
customer and authentication information,
including the handset number. USIM Card
must be inserted to use this handset.
Save Phone Book entries on USIM Card
Phone Book to use them on other Disney
Mobile handsets. Depending on the USIM
Card in use, some entry items may not be
supported, and some limits (character
entry, etc.) may be lower.
Precautions
IC Chip
Appendix
14
14-2
. Do not insert USIM Card into any other IC
card device. Disney Mobile is not liable for
resulting damages.
. Keep the USIM Card IC chip clean;
malfunction may result. Use a dry, soft
cloth to clean the USIM Card.
. Do not attach labels to USIM Card.
Malfunction may result.
Important
. USIM Card is the property of Disney
Mobile.
. USIM Card will be reissued for a fee if
lost or damaged.
. Return USIM Card to Disney Mobile
upon subscription termination.
. Returned USIM Cards are recycled.
. USIM Card specifications may change
without prior notice.
. Back up USIM Card files. Disney Mobile
is not liable for lost files.
. If your USIM Card or handset (with USIM
Card inserted) is lost or stolen, suspend
your service immediately. For details,
contact General Information (P.14-38).
USIM PINs
There are two Security Codes for USIM
Card; both are 9999 by default.
PIN1
PIN2
Security Code to prevent
unauthorized use of handset
Required to clear Call Costs and
to set Max Cost, etc.
PIN Lock
. Entering incorrect PIN three consecutive
times activates PIN1 Lock or PIN2 Lock,
limiting handset use.
Canceling PIN Lock
. Contact General Information (P.14-38) for
your Personal Unblocking Key (PUK
Code) and follow these steps.
Enter PUK Code S % S Enter new
PIN S % S Re-enter new PIN S %
, Write down PUK code.
USIM Lock
. Entering incorrect PUK Code
ten consecutive times locks USIM Card,
disabling handset. To learn how to unlock
USIM Card, contact General Information
(P.14-38).
USIM Card
USIM Card Installation
. Do not apply excessive force to insert/remove USIM Card.
. USIM Card must be inserted to use this handset.
Inserting
1 Remove battery (P.14-4)
2 Slide in USIM Card with IC
chip facing down
Removing
Take care not to lose removed USIM Card.
1 Remove battery (P.14-4)
2 Gently slide out USIM Card
After Repairs, USIM Card Replacement
or Handset Upgrade/Replacement
. Some downloaded files may be
inaccessible. In addition, S! Applications
and BookSurfing® may be disabled after
USIM Card replacement.
as shown
. Reinstall battery (P.14-4).
Appendix
Notch
14
. Reinstall battery (P.14-4).
14-3
Battery
Battery Installation
About Battery
. Charge battery at least once every
six months; an uncharged battery may
become unusable or affect files/settings.
. Depending on usage, bulges may appear near
end of battery life; this does not affect safety.
. Replace battery if operating time shortens
noticeably.
. Clean device charging terminals with a dry
cotton swab.
Appendix
14
14-4
Lithium-ion Battery
. This product requires a
lithium-ion battery.
Lithium-ion batteries are a
recyclable resource.
, To recycle a used
lithium-ion battery, take it to any shop
displaying the symbol shown above.
, To avoid fire or electric shock, do not
short-circuit or disassemble battery.
Inserting & Removing
1 Remove cover
3 Close cover
Battery Cover
@
!
. Position and slide the cover gently as
shown until it stops.
. Press ! to slide and lift cover as
shown.
2 Insert battery
. With logo side up, fit tabs into battery
cavity slots.
Removing
. Turn handset power off and lift battery as
shown.
Software Update
Software Update
Check for firmware updates and download
as required.
1 % S e Settings S % S
f Phone Settings
2 e Software Update S %
3 e Software Update S %
A
10
Software Update
Update software in a
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
place where signal
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
conditions are
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
strong/stable. All
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
incoming and
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
outgoing signals
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
will be disabled for
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
the duration of this
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
update.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Continue?
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Confirmation
. Follow onscreen instructions.
A message appears and handset reboots.
Software Update
Updated successfully.
Rebooting phone...
. After reboot, completion message appears
and Information window opens.
Update Result
While Information window appears,
e Update Result S %
, When Information window is hidden,
follow these steps.
In 3, e Update Result S %
Reboot Failure
. If handset does not return to Standby
after update, turn power off, reinsert
battery, then restart it. If it still does not
restart, contact Customer Assistance
(P.14-38).
Appendix
Precautions
. Handset is disabled until update is
complete. Update may take up to
approximately 30 minutes.
. Update failure may disable handset. To
reduce failure risk, make sure signal is
strong and stable, and charge battery
beforehand.
. Update will not start if other functions are
in use. Before updating software (or
before scheduled update time), end all
active functions/applications.
. Disconnect USB Cable beforehand to
reduce failure risk.
. Always back up important information.
Disney Mobile cannot be held liable for
damages from lost information, etc.
When Updated
Updating Software
Packet transmission fees do not apply to
updates (including checking, downloading
and rewriting).
14
Scheduled Update
. Confirmation appears at scheduled
update time. Press % or wait a while for
update to start.
14-5
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
[ General
Problem
Handset won't turn
on
Handset won't
respond
Keypad won't
respond
REFRESH appears
and handset
returns to Standby
Appendix
14
14-6
Insert USIM Card
appears
Possible Cause
Solution
Problem
Possible Cause
Battery strength
indicator flashes
when not charging
Ambient temperature
may be outside 5oC to
35oC.
Solution
Use within an ambient
temperature of 5oC - 35oC.
Was " pressed long
enough?
Press " longer.
Battery may need to be
charged or replaced.
Charge battery or install a
charged battery.
Entry/folder may be
set to Secret.
Activate Show Secret Data
(P.11-3).
Battery may not be
properly installed.
Saved entry/folder
does not appear
on handset
Install battery properly (P.14-4).
Cannot use
Predictive
Show Secret Data
may be active.
Cancel Show Secret Data.
Is Switch On/Off in
PIN Entry On?
If On, PIN1 is required. Enter
PIN1 according to onscreen
prompt.
Keypad Lock may be
active (` appears).
Cancel Keypad Lock (P.1-9).
Password Lock may be
active ($ appears).
Cancel Password Lock (P.11-2).
Handset may have
been dropped or
subjected to shocks.
Handset failed to recognize
USIM Card temporarily. This is
not a malfunction.
USIM Card may not
be properly inserted.
Turn power off and check that
USIM Card is properly
inserted, then restart handset.
If the message still appears,
USIM may be damaged.
The correct USIM Card
may not be inserted.
Make sure the correct USIM
Card is inserted. The inserted
USIM Card may not be valid.
There may be debris
on IC chip/terminals.
Clean relevant parts with a dry
cloth and re-insert.
Handset/AC Charger
may warm while
charging.
Handset/AC
Charger feels
warm
Handset may warm
during extended
periods of use.
Unless handset/AC Charger is
too hot to touch, warmth is
considered normal. Always
avoid prolonged skin contact to
prevent burn injuries.
Handset may warm
during Video Calls.
Cannot access
Memory Card files
Cannot receive/
accept connection
requests even
when Bluetooth®/
Infrared is On
Memory Card may not
be properly formatted.
Use DM002SH-formatted
Memory Cards.
Handset may not be in
Standby.
Return to Standby and retry.
Keypad Lock/Password
Lock may be active.
Cancel Keypad Lock/Password
Lock.
Software Update may
be in progress.
Wait until update is complete.
Troubleshooting
[ Charger/Battery
Problem
Battery charges
quickly
Battery won't
charge
Solution
Remaining charge
shortens charging time.
This is normal.
Battery may be
terminally exhausted or
defective. (Small Light
flashes red.)
Replace battery with a new one.
AC Charger may not be
properly connected to
handset.
Make sure connector is
securely inserted and retry.
AC Charger may not be
firmly plugged in to AC
outlet.
Remove plug from outlet,
re-insert and retry.
Battery may not be
properly installed.
Install battery properly (P.14-4).
Battery, AC Charger, or
Charging Terminals, or
Device Port may be
obstructed by dust, etc.
Clean terminals, connector and
Port with a dry cotton swab and
retry.
Charger may not be
supported.
Use specified AC Charger only;
others may damage battery.
Charging slows during
Video Calls.
End the call to charge faster.
Battery may be
charging via USB.
Use AC Charger.
Problem
Battery Time
seems shorter
than usual
Possible Cause
Solution
High power consuming
operations are in use.
Keep handset closed in Standby;
reduce TV, S! Application,
Media Player and Camera use,
and limit transmissions/external
connections.
Using handset in poor
conditions may shorten
Battery Time.
Avoid prolonged use of handset
out-of-range or in poor signal
conditions.
Power hungry settings
may be active.
Lower Brightness, select shorter
Display Saving/Backlight time,
etc.
[ Calling
Problem
Cannot place call
Call won't connect
and there's a
beeping tone
Call is choppy or
cut off
Clicking noise is
heard during call
Possible Cause
Solution
Keypad Lock may be
active (` appears).
Cancel Keypad Lock (P.1-9).
Password Lock may be
active ($ appears).
Cancel Password Lock (P.11-2).
Offline Mode may be
active ([ appears).
Cancel Offline Mode (P.1-11).
Did you include the
area code or the first 0?
Dial the number including the
area code or 0.
Handset may be
out-of-range ()
appears).
Move to a place where signal is
strong and retry.
Network signal may be
weak.
Move to a place where signal is
strong and retry.
Battery may need to be
charged or replaced.
Charge battery or install a
charged battery.
Handset may be
moving into another
service area.
Noise is heard when Network
signal switches. This is normal.
Appendix
Battery charges
slowly
[ Charger/Battery (continued)
Possible Cause
14
14-7
Troubleshooting
[ Calling (continued)
Problem
Increase Earpiece Volume
(P.3-10).
Sound output may be
set to use handsfree
device.
Set Transfer Audio (P.3-11) to
To Phone.
Memory may be full.
Answer Phone and Caller Voice
are disabled when less than
12 seconds remain or
20 messages are recorded.
Delete messages (P.3-3).
Is the call a Video Call?
Answer Phone and Caller Voice
are not available for Video Calls.
Cannot save
phone number
for Call Forwarding
Does the number start
with 1, 00, 0120 or
0990?
Public service numbers,
international call numbers
starting with 00, toll-free
numbers and fee-based service
numbers cannot be saved.
N appears even
after accessing
Voicemail
Did you access
Voicemail via a
landline?
Use handset to access
Voicemail messages.
Cannot use
Answer Phone or
Caller Voice
Appendix
Problem
Cannot receive
messages
Problem
Possible Cause
Solution
Does A appear?
Memory is full. Delete
messages (P.4-17).
Does ) appear?
Move to a place where signal is
strong.
Recipient handset may
not be E Mail-compatible.
Recipient must be subscribed
to compatible Messaging
service (E Mail, etc.).
The maximum size of messages/
attachments handsets can
receive varies by make and
model. Confirm compatibility
with recipient handsets.
Possible Cause
Solution
Still images are not
delivered as sent
Recipient handset
may not be
JPEG-compatible.
Convert JPEG files to PNG
(P.7-13).
Video clips are not
delivered as sent
Recipient handset
may not support the
file format.
Send video clips to E Mail- or
VGS-compatible handsets
supporting MPEG-4.
[ Other Functions
Problem
Possible Cause
TV, mobile camera,
etc. won't activate
Battery may need to be
charged or replaced.
Charge battery or install a
charged battery.
Lens cover may need
to be cleaned.
Clean dust/smudges from lens
cover (P.1-2) with a soft cloth.
Handset movement
may blur images.
Hold handset steady when
releasing shutter.
Portrait/Macro Selector
(P.1-2) may be misset.
Slide to n for close-up shots or
to o for other shots.
Network Information may
need to be retrieved.
Retrieve Network Information
(P.13-17).
Subscription may be
terminated.
TV is disabled upon
subscription termination.
Battery may need to be
charged or replaced.
Charge battery or install a
charged battery.
Viewfinder image is
blurry/out-of-focus
Cannot watch TV
[ Messaging
E Mail is not
delivered as sent
14-8
[ Messaging (continued)
Solution
Earpiece Volume may
be low.
Cannot hear
other party's
voice
14
Possible Cause
Cannot use
Osaifu-Keitai®
(S! FeliCa)
Solution
Key Assignments
Key Assignments
Key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
#
Katakana
[Double & Single-byte]
Alphanumerics
[Double & Single-byte]
Numbers
[Single-byte]
Character Codes
あいうえお
ぁぃぅぇぉ
かきくけこ
さしすせそ
たちつてとっ
なにぬねの
はひふへほ
まみむめも
やゆよゃゅょ
らりるれろ
わをんー
アイウエオ
ァィゥェォ
カキクケコ
サシスセソ
タチツテトッ
ナニヌネノ
ハヒフヘホ
マミムメモ
ヤユヨャュョ
ラリルレロ
ワヲンー
゛゜-1 Log,
Disney Pictogram List
(double-byte),
Symbol List2
(Symbol List > Log >
Disney Pictogram List in
single-byte entry mode)
@./-1
K (space)
ABCabc2
DEFdef3
GHIghi4
JKLjkl5
MNOmno6
PQRSpqrs7
TUVtuv8
WXYZwxyz9
0
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
Log, Disney Pictogram
List (double-byte),
Symbol List2
(Symbol List > Log >
Disney Pictogram List in
single-byte entry mode)
n + P (pause) ? -3
Symbol List, Log,
Disney Pictogram List
(double-byte)
─────
,.L (line break)?!
K (space)
#
─────
゛゜ Log,
Disney Pictogram List,
Symbol List
、。L (line break)？！ N (space)
Appendix
(
Kanji (Hiragana)
[Double-byte]
14
1
- is available only in single-byte katakana entry.
2
Double or single-byte according to the entry mode.
3
n, +, P (pause), ? and - are for phone number entry.
14-9
Key Assignments
Key
a
b
Kanji (Hiragana)
[Double-byte]
Conversion (up)4
Conversion (down)5
Katakana
[Double & Single-byte]
c
d
&
'
$
Toggle case (for some characters)
Delete one character,
Cancel conversion
$
(Long)
Alphanumerics
Numbers
[Double & Single-byte]
[Single-byte]
Cursor up
Cursor down L (line break)
Cursor left
Cursor right
Change entry mode
Toggle case + Toggle
─────
mode (upper/lower and
lower case)
Delete one character
Character Codes
─────
Delete code/
one character
Delete before or after cursor
6
!
%
B
Appendix
14
14-10
A
4
Re-convert
Recover up to 64 deleted
characters7
Recover up to 64 deleted characters7
OK
Phonetic Conversion
Hiragana to Katakana/
Alphanumeric
Conversion
─────
─────
─────
─────
Cursor moves up except during conversion.
Cursor moves down except during conversion.
Press ! immediately after inserting characters to re-convert them. (Not available for Graphic Mail.)
7
Press ! once for each character to recover immediately after deletion. (Not available for Graphic Mail or after using $ (Long).)
5
6
Pager Codes
Pager Code List
Gray background indicates upper and lower case available. Press ' to switch immediately after character entry.
2
い
き
し
ち
に
ひ
み
（
り
を
9
Ｄ
Ｉ
Ｎ
Ｓ
Ｘ
−
N
M
４
９
0
Ｅ
Ｊ
Ｏ
Ｔ
Ｙ
／
*1
*2
５
０
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
ぁ
2
ぃ
ゅ
2
ｲ
ｷ
ｼ
ﾁ
ﾆ
ﾋ
ﾐ
(
ﾘ
ｦ
Second Digit (Press Next)
3
4
5
6
7
8
ｳ
ｴ
ｵ
A
B
C
ｸ
ｹ
ｺ
F
G
H
K
L
M
ｽ
ｾ
ｿ
ﾂ
ﾃ
ﾄ
P
Q
R
ﾇ
ﾈ
ﾉ
U
V
W
Z
?
!
ﾌ
ﾍ
ﾎ
m
&
ﾑ
ﾒ
ﾓ
ﾕ
)
ﾖ
*
# Space
ﾙ
ﾚ
ﾛ
1
2
3
ﾝ
゛ ゜
6
7
8
9
D
I
N
S
X
N
M
4
9
0
E
J
O
T
Y
/
9
d
i
n
s
x
0
e
j
o
t
y
*1
*2
5
0
[ Single-byte Lower Case
Second Digit (Press Next)
3
4
5
6
7
8
ぅ ぇ ぉ ａ ｂ ｃ
ｆ ｇ ｈ
ｋ ｌ ｍ
っ
ｐ ｑ ｒ
ｕ ｖ ｗ
ｚ
9
ｄ
ｉ
ｎ
ｓ
ｘ
0
ｅ
ｊ
ｏ
ｔ
ｙ
*1
ゃ
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
ｱ
ｶ
ｻ
ﾀ
ﾅ
ﾊ
ﾏ
ﾔ
ﾗ
ﾜ
ょ
*2
、 。
Press 70 to insert line breaks (in mail message text, Notepad, etc.).
*2
Press 80 to toggle between upper and lower case modes.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
ｧ
2
ｨ
Second Digit (Press Next)
3
4
5
6
7
8
ｩ
ｪ
ｫ
a
b
c
f
g
h
k
l
m
ｯ
p
q
r
u
v
w
z
Appendix
First Digit (Press First)
[ Double-byte Lower Case
First Digit (Press First)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
あ
か
さ
た
な
は
ま
や
ら
わ
[ Single-byte Upper Case
Second Digit (Press Next)
3
4
5
6
7
8
う え お Ａ Ｂ Ｃ
く け こ Ｆ Ｇ Ｈ
す せ そ Ｋ Ｌ Ｍ
つ て と Ｐ Ｑ Ｒ
ぬ ね の Ｕ Ｖ Ｗ
ふ へ ほ Ｚ ？ ！
む め も m ＆
ゆ
） よ ＊ ＃ Space
る れ ろ １ ２ ３
ん ゛ ゜ ６ ７ ８
First Digit (Press First)
First Digit (Press First)
[ Double-byte Upper Case
14
*1
ｬ
ｭ
ｮ
,
*2
.
*1
14-11
Character Codes
Character Code List
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
Space
い
う
え
Appendix
き
お
14
か
あ
14-12
Character Codes
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
く
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
そ
さ
け
た
し
Appendix
す
こ
ち
14
せ
14-13
Character Codes
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
つ
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
ゆ
は
ほ
て
よ
ら
と
ま
り
ひ
み
Appendix
14
む
ふ
る∼れ
め
な
ろ
も
に
わ
ぬ∼の
14-14
へ
や
Character Codes
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
Appendix
14
14-15
Character Codes
First Three
Digits
Appendix
14
14-16
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
Character Codes
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
Appendix
14
14-17
Specifications
Specifications
Disney Mobile DM002SH
[ Handset Materials
Parts
Weight
Approximately 111 g
Continuous
Talk Time
Approximately 220 minutes
Continuous
Standby Time
Approximately 300 hours
(handset closed)
Continuous
Video Call
Talk Time
Approximately 120 minutes
Charging Time
(power off)
AC Charger: Approximately
140 minutes
In-Car Charger: Approximately
140 minutes
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
Maximum
Output
Appendix
14
14-18
Approximately 49 x 101.5 x
16.3 mm (handset closed,
without protruding parts)
0.25 W
. Above values calculated with battery installed.
. Continuous Talk Time is an average
measured with a new, fully charged battery,
with stable signals.
. Continuous Standby Time is an average
measured with a new, fully charged battery,
with handset closed without calls or
operations, in Standby with stable signals.
. Talk Time/Standby Time may vary by
environment, status, settings, etc.
. Display employs precision technology,
however, some pixels may appear brighter/
darker.
Materials & Finishing
Parts
Materials & Finishing
Housing (Display side)
Nylon resin/SUS
(insert-molded), UV
painting
Housing (Display back)
ABS resin, SUS
(insert-molded),
discontinuous deposition/
UV painting
Ornament panel
(Display back)
Acrylic resin/UV hard
coating
Housing (Keypad
side)
Nylon resin/SUS
(insert-molded), UV painting
Housing (battery
side), Battery Cover,
Antenna
ABS resin, UV painting
Charging Terminals
Housing (hinge)
ABS resin, discontinuous
deposition/UV painting
Screw (all pieces)
SWCH16A/Ni plating
USIM pin
Copper alloy/Gold
plating (sealer: nickel)
Display window, lens
cover, External
Display window
Acrylic resin
Small Light cover
ABS resin
Infrared Port
ABS resin (infrared
grade)
Portrait/Macro
Selector
POM resin
Multi Selector
Aluminum, anodized
aluminum
Center Key
SUS
Start Key, Power On/Off
Key, Mail Key, Disney
Key, Side Key,
Shortcuts & A/a Key,
Clear/Back Key, TV/Text
Key, Multi Job/Manner
Key, Keypad
PC resin
Memory Card Slot
Cover, Headphone Port
Cover
PC resin/Elastomeric
resin, UV painting
External Device Port
Cover
Elastomeric resin/UV
painting
SUS/Gold plating
(sealer: nickel)
Accessory
[ Battery
Voltage
3.7V
Battery Type
Lithium-ion
Capacity
720 mAh
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
Approximately 35.2 x 51.9 x 4 mm
(without protruding parts)
Specifications
Basic Operations
Messaging
[ Wallpaper/Standby Window
Standby Window
Received
Msg.
3 tags (100 characters each)
User Dictionary
Acquire Dictionary
Paste List
Recoverable
deleted characters
100 entries (5 per reading)
Word: 15 characters
Reading: 8 hiragana
5 dictionaries
10 text strings
Mail Groups
750 entries
Last/First: 32 characters each
5 numbers (32 digits each)
5 addresses (128 characters each)
16 Categories
Postal Code: 20 characters
Country: 32 characters
Others: 64 characters each
1,024 characters
256 characters
20 Groups (20 members each)
Group name: 16 characters
[ Data Folder
Memory
Memory
50 MB
(Shared with Templates folder
and S! Appli Library)
Templates
30 records
30 records
20 messages or 90 seconds
50 MB
(Shared with Data
Folder and S! Appli
Library)
History
Disney
Web
300 KB
PC Site
Browser
500 KB (300 KB for
PNG/GIF images)
300 pages
URL Entry Log 10 URLs
Bookmarks/
Saved Pages
100 pages
Tab
3 tabs at one time
Input Memory
20 entries
Streaming
History
10 URLs
E Mail Subject
512 single-byte characters
E Mail
Message
Approximately 30,000 single-byte
characters
SMS Message
160 single-byte alphanumerics
Auto Resend
2 times
Attachment
20 files or 300 KB
Recorded File
ISDB-T mobile Video profile
(SD-Video standard)
Send
Reservation
10 messages
Recording Time
(Example)
80 minutes on 256 MB
Memory Card
Speed Mail
List
10 numbers/addresses
Marker
99 Markers (10 per file)
Signature
256 single-byte characters
Split File
99 portions per file
Recipient
20 numbers/addresses
Reservation List
5 entries (4 hours each on
1 GB Memory Card)
Folder
20 folders (20 Auto Sort Keys each)
Memory
300 messages per
folder
Folder
10 folders
(20 members each)
Chat Folder
Calling
Dialled Numbers
Received Calls
Answer Phone/
Caller Voice
Auto Answer List
Unsent
Messages
3 MB (or
500 messages for
Sent Messages)
Download
Graphic Mail
1 sound or Flash® file, or 40 images/
My Pictograms (with 1 sound or
Flash® file)
3D Pictogram
150 characters
Digital TV
Appendix
URL
Note
Sent
Messages
64 characters
[ Phone Book
Address
5 MB or
1,000 messages
Drafts
[ Text Entry
Entry
Name/Reading
Phone Number
Mail Address
Category
Disney Web & PC Site Browser
14
10 numbers
14-19
Specifications
[ Video Camera
Camera & Imaging
Zoom
[ Mobile Camera
1x - 9.5x (SubQCIF)
SD VIDEO
Effective Pixels
2 Megapixels
Auto Shut-off
Time
Approximately 3 minutes
Picture Size
(W x H dots)
Appendix
14
14-20
320 x 240 (QVGA)
Extended
Record Size Video
(W x H dots)
240 x 176 (HQVGA)
176 x 144 (QCIF)
128 x 96 (SubQCIF)
For Message
1x - 20x
2M
1200 x 1600
(UXGA)
Wide
900 x 1600
1.2M
960 x 1280
(Quad-VGA)
VGA
480 x 640
Wallpaper
240 x 400
Mail L
240 x 320 (QVGA)
Mail S
120 x 160
(QQVGA)
Scanner
Image Size
(W x H dots)
Free, 1200 x 640, 480 x 1488,
1280 x 960
File Format
JPEG
Memory
Approximately 2,560 files with
default settings
File Name
ImageXXX.jpg (XXX: 3 digits)
Shooting
Distance
Macro: 10 cm
Other
Use 40 KB or smaller
transparent PNG files as Frames
Merge
Panorama
JPEG images between
W 48 x H 64 dots and
120 x 160 dots
Split Picture
320 x 240 (QVGA)
[ Photo Camera
Zoom
Composite
File Format
Recording
Time per
Shot
176 x 144 (QCIF)
128 x 96 (SubQCIF)
3GP/ASF
SD VIDEO
Capacity-based
Extended
Video
30 minutes on
Memory Card
For Message
295 KB
File Name
MOLXXX.ASF, videoXXX.3gp
(XXX: 3 digits)
Recording
Distance
1.5 m in good light
[ Editing Images
Picture
Editor
Media Player & S! Applications
[ Media Player
Wallpaper (240 x 400)
Power On/Off (240 x 400)
Resize
Incoming Call (180 x 120)
(W x H dots) Alarm (240 x 104)
QVGA (240 x 320)
Cut
52 x 52 dots or larger
Retouch
JPEG/PNG images
Paste
16 characters
Stamp
Face Arrange
Frame
52 x 52 dots or larger
Correction
JPEG/PNG images
Rotate
File Format
Supported
Formats
Editing
Video
WMA (.wma), AAC (.mp4/.3gp/
.m4a), Secure AAC (SD-Audio
standard)
(Some files may not play depending
on sampling frequency or bit rate)
Size
W 176 x H 144 dots or
smaller
Subtitle
10 subtitles (48 single-byte
characters each)
[ S! Applications
Handset
Memory
100 items or 50 MB
(Shared with Templates folder and
other folders in Data Folder)
Remote
Control
Approximately 5 m
Specifications
Handy Extras
Calendar*/
Tasks
Notepad
Expenses
Memo
Voice
Recorder
Alarms
Wakeup TV
World Clock
Calculator
Stopwatch
Countdown
Timer
S! Quick
News List
Scan Barcode
(Continuous
Mode)
Create QR
Code
Scan Text
e-Books
Osaifu-Keitai®
*
300 entries, Subject: 32 characters
Description: 128 characters
Location: 16 characters
Set Holiday: 10 holidays
60 entries (1,536 characters each)
30 entries (999,999.99 yen each)
For
Approximately
Message 3 minutes per file
Extended 99 hours 59 minutes
Voice
59 seconds
5 entries, Subject: 9 characters
Auto
Approximately
Shut-off
30 minutes
City name: 16 characters
999,999,999,999
23 hours 59 minutes 59.9 seconds
in 0.1-second increments
Lap time: 4 records
60 minutes in 1-second
increments
News Flash: 1 item
General: 4 items
PDF (.pdf)
Microsoft® Excel® (.xls)
Supported
Microsoft® Word (.doc)
Formats
Microsoft® PowerPoint®
(.ppt)
File Size 10 MB
UPC/JAN 50 codes
QR Code
16 codes
Equivalent of 513 digits,
311 alphanumerics or 131 kanji
256 characters
Copy text strings of up to 20 characters
Remote Lock password:
5 - 16 single-byte alphanumerics
Preset holidays are based on Japanese calendar as
of April 2008.
Backup File
Name
[ S! Loop
S! Loop List
[ Memory Card
5 items
[ S! Addressbook Back-up
[ S! Friend's Status
Member
My Status
30 members
Comment: 15 characters
Status Label: 4 characters
yymmddXX (XX: 2 digits/alphabets)
Log
10 Backup/Restore/
Synchronization records
Reference URLs
[ S! Circle Talk
Participant
Speak Time
Member List
11 members
30 seconds each
30 entries (10 members per Group)
Connectivity & File Backup
[ Infrared
Infrared
Transfer
IrSS Transfer
IrMC 1.1
Range
Within 20 cm
Receive 2 MB or smaller JPEG
images
[ Bluetooth®
Communication
System
Supported
Profiles
Output
Range
Device Search
Pairing
Device Name
Printing
Bluetooth® specification Ver. 2.0
Headset Profile
Hands-Free Profile
Dial-up Networking Profile
Object Push Profile
File Transfer Profile
Basic Imaging Profile
Advanced Audio Distribution Profile
Audio/Video Remote Control Profile
Bluetooth® Power Class 2
Within 10 m
16 devices
32 devices
16 characters
JPEG/PNG images
Disney Mobile
http://disneymobile.jp
SOFTBANK
MOBILE Corp.
http://mb.softbank.jp/mb/en/
microSD=
Memory Card
Compatibility
From PC (Japanese)
http://k-tai.sharp.co.jp/
peripherals/sd/dm002sh.html
From Handset (Japanese)
http://shweb.sharp.co.jp/
S! Addressbook
Back-up
http://disneymobile.jp/product/
service/call2.html
SVG-T
From Handset (Japanese)
http://shweb.sharp.co.jp/svgt/
index_pdc.html
Association for
Promotion of
Digital
Broadcasting
From PC
http://www.dpa.or.jp/english/
From Handset (Japanese)
http://www.dpa.or.jp/1seg/k/
Appendix
Document
Viewer
Communication Services
14
14-21
Specifications
Memory Card Structure & Contents
Memory Card Structure
DCIM
XXXSHARP
Local Contents
SD Local Contents
Mail
Messaging folder backups (Received Msg., Sent Messages and Drafts)
Book
PRIVATE
Appendix
14
14-22
MYFOLDER
My Items
SD_AUDIO
SD_VIDEO
e-Book files in Data Folder (Books)
Bookmarks
Disney Web Bookmarks
Custom Screens
Custom Screen files in Data Folder (Custom Screens)
Flash(R)
Flash® Wallpaper files in Data Folder (Flash®)
Flash(R) Ringtones
Flash® ringtones in Data Folder (Flash® Ringtones)
Games and More
S! Applications
Message Templates
Graphic Mail templates in Templates folder
Music
Music files in Data Folder (Music)
Other Documents
Other files in Data Folder (Other Documents)
Pictograms
GIF files in Data Folder (My Pictograms)
Pictures
Still images in Data Folder (Pictures)
Sounds & Ringtones
Melodies and other sound files in Data Folder (Ring Songs·Tones)
Videos
Video files in Data Folder (Videos)
WMAudio
SHARP
Contents (Location when Viewed on Handset)
Still images in DCIM
WMA files for Media Player (WMA)
SH_Folder
Application management files
Utility
Backup files (Phone Book), etc.
MOBILE
Backup files (User Dictionary), etc.
SD-Audio files for Media Player (SD AUDIO)
PRL001
ASF video files saved to SD VIDEO
Menu List
Menu List
[ Video Camera
Camera
Function
[ Photo Camera
Function
Exposure
Modes
Add Frame
Continuous Shoot
Camera Effects
Panorama/Scanner
Barcode/Scan
Data Folder
Picture Size
Scene
Picture Quality
Self-timer
Help
Exposure
Display Size
Data Folder
Record Time/Size
Microphone
Video Quality
Self-timer
Save Videos to
Settings
Auto Save
Video Encode
Help
Data Folder
Function
Pictures
DCIM
My Pictograms
Ring Songs·Tones
S! Appli
Music
Videos
Lifestyle-Appli
Books
Custom Screens
Flash®
Flash® Ringtones
Other Documents
Memory Status
Refer to
P.2-20
P.2-20
P.2-20
P.2-20
P.8-12
P.2-20
P.2-20
P.9-10
P.2-20
P.2-8
P.2-20
P.2-20
P.2-20
P.2-20
Function
S! Appli
Osaifu-Keitai
Settings
Information
Refer to
P.8-12
P.9-10
P.13-14
-
[ Settings
Function
Application Volume
Switch On/Off
Backlight
Blink
Vibration
Synchronization
Calls & Alarms
Switch On/Off
Screensaver
Activation Time
Set to Default
Memory All Clear
Refer to
P.13-14
P.13-14
P.8-13
P.13-14
P.13-14
P.13-14
TV
Function
Digital TV
TV Player
TV Link
TV Listing
Reservation List
Settings
Refer to
P.6-5
P.6-8
P.6-6
P.6-9
P.13-11
Appendix
Settings
Display Indicators
Shutter Sound
Save Pictures to
Auto Save
Panorama Settings
Remote Shutter Set.
Refer to
P.7-12
P.7-6
P.7-6
P.7-7
P.7-7
P.9-25
P.7-4
P.7-12
P.7-12
P.13-13
P.7-6
P.13-13
P.13-13
P.13-13
P.7-4
S! Appli
Refer to
P.7-12
P.13-13
P.7-5
P.7-12
P.13-13
P.13-13
P.7-6
P.13-13
P.13-13
P.7-4
14
14-23
Menu List
[ Settings
TV Alarm
Broadcast
Data
Entertainment
Function
Alarm
Vibration
Light
Alarm Time
Duration
Set Recording
Image Location
Notify Connection
Location
Manufacture Number
Delete StationData
Screen Size
Landscape
Sets.
Appendix
14
Display Pict
Enlarge Point
Key Direction
Sound Output
gSound Output
Calls & Alarms
TV Reserve Prior
Auto Exit Time
Auto Exit
Phone Closing
Refer to
P.13-12
P.13-11
P.6-5
P.13-12
P.13-12
P.13-12
P.13-12
P.13-12
Function
S! Quick News
BookSurfing
e-Book Viewer
Tools
Refer to
P.9-22
P.9-24
P.9-24
[ S! Quick News
Function
S! Quick News List
S! Loop List
Automatic Update
Settings
Standby Setting
Reset S! Quick News
Refer to
P.9-22
P.9-34
P.9-34
-
[ Tools 1
Function
Calendar
Alarms
Wakeup TV
Tasks
Calculator
Expenses
Memo
Add New Expense
Totals
Edit Category
Osaifu-Keitai
Refer to
P.9-2
P.9-14
P.9-16
P.9-5
P.9-13
P.9-8
P.9-8
P.9-10
Tools 1: Osaifu-Keitai
Function
Lifestyle-Appli
IC Card Status
IC Card Lock
Remote Lock
IC Card
Settings
Interface Settings
Balance Info
Set to Default
Refer to
P.9-10
P.9-11
P.9-11
P.9-31
P.13-15
[ Tools 2
Function
Stopwatch
Countdown Timer
World Clock
Hour Minder
Refer to
P.9-20
P.9-21
P.9-19
P.9-18
[ Tools 3
Function
Document Viewer
Notepad
14-24
Refer to
P.9-23
P.9-7
Menu List
Voice
Recorder
Barcode/
Scan
Function
Record Time
Ring Songs·Tones
Save Recording to
Scan Barcode
Open Barcode
Create QR Code
Scan Card
Scan Text
Scanned Results
Phone Help
Refer to
P.9-30
P.9-9
P.9-30
P.9-25
P.9-36
P.9-26
P.9-27
P.9-28
P.9-36
-
Settings
[ Phone Settings
Refer to
P.13-2
P.13-3
P.2-8
P.2-9
P.13-2
P.13-3
P.2-15
P.2-26
P.2-15
P.13-5
P.3-10
P.2-4
P.11-2
P.14-5
P.14-5
P.13-18
P.13-18
Wallpaper
System Graphics
Font Size
Font
Settings
Font Weight
Clock/Calendar
Standby Window
Standby
Display
Show Indicators
Show Operator Name
Vivid Mode
Greeting Message
Duration
Messages
External
Display Date&Time
Display
Clock Type
Caller Display
Time Out
Backlight
Brightness
Display Saving
Dial Number
Refer to
P.2-7
P.13-3
P.2-5
P.2-5
P.13-4
P.2-6
P.13-4
P.13-4
P.13-4
P.13-4
P.13-3
P.13-3
P.13-3
-
Phone Settings: Sounds & Alerts
Function
Volume
Ringtone/videos
System Sounds
Vibration
Event Light
Status Light
Any Key Answer
Refer to
P.13-5
P.2-9
P.13-5
P.2-9
P.13-5
P.13-5
Phone Settings: Date & Time
Function
Set Date/Time
Time Correction
Daylight Saving
Set Time Zone
Clock/Calendar
World Clock
Alarms
Set Holiday
Time Format
Date Format
Calendar Format
Refer to
P.13-2
P.13-2
P.13-2
P.13-2
P.13-4
P.9-19
P.9-14
P.13-2
P.13-2
P.13-2
Phone Settings: Locks
Function
PIN Entry
Change PIN2
Password Lock
IP Service Setting
Phone Book Lock
History Lock
Show Secret Data
Chng Handset Code
Refer to
P.11-2
P.11-4
P.11-2
P.13-16
P.11-3
P.11-3
P.11-3
P.1-12
Appendix
Function
Mode Settings
Display
Custom Screens
Sounds & Alerts
Date & Time
言語選択 (Language)
New Entry
User
Saved Word List
Dictionary
Acquire Dictionary
Ringer Output
Earpiece Volume
Change Menu
Locks
Software Update
Software
Update
Update Result
Reset Settings
Master
Reset
Reset All
Phone Settings: Display
Function
14
14-25
Menu List
[ Connectivity
Function
Bluetooth
Infrared
USB Mode
Switch On/Off
Send All
Mass Storage
MTP Mode
USB Charge
Memory Card
Refer to
P.12-6
P.12-3
P.12-4
P.12-10
P.8-3
P.13-17
P.2-23
Connectivity: Bluetooth
Function
Appendix
Switch On/Off
Search for Devices
Paired Devices
Send All
Device Name
Visibility
gSound Output
My Device
Settings
Handsfree Setting
S! Appli Request
Bluetooth Timeout
My Device Details
Connectivity: Memory Card
14
Backup/
Restore
DPOF
14-26
Refer to
P.12-7
P.12-7
P.12-7
P.12-8
P.13-17
P.13-17
-
Function
Backup
Restore
Encode
Number of Copies
Settings
Check Settings
Reset Settings
Refer to
P.12-12
P.12-12
P.12-13
P.7-11
P.7-13
P.7-11
-
Function
SD Local Contents
Format Card
Memory Status
Refer to
P.2-24
P.2-20
[ Call/Video Call
Function
Call Timers
Call Time &
Data Counter
Cost
Call Costs
Switch On/Off
Answer Time
Answer
Phone
Outgoing Message
Volume
Voicemail
Diverts
Voicemail/
Divert
Cancel All
Status
Camera Picture
Incoming Picture
Outgoing Picture
Hold Guidance Pict
Video Call
Backlight
Loudspeaker
Mute Microphone
Remote Monitor
Show My Number
) Missed Calls
Int'l Prefix
Int'l Calling
Country Codes
Display Call Cost
Disp. Time/
Call
Call Time Counter
Refer to
P.3-7
P.13-7
P.3-7
P.3-3
P.3-8
P.3-8
P.3-9
P.3-12
P.13-7
P.13-7
P.13-7
P.3-11
P.3-10
P.3-13
P.3-9
P.13-7
P.13-7
Function
Outgoing Calls
Incoming Calls
Call Barring Rejected Numbers
Change NW
Password
Minute Minder
Auto
Answer
Switch On/Off
Answer Time
Call Waiting
Refer to
P.3-13
P.3-13
P.13-7
P.3-12
[ Network Settings
Function
Offline Mode
Retrieve NW Info
URL Setting
Location
Datum On/Off
Info
Location Property
Network Info
Refer to
P.1-11
P.13-17
P.13-17
P.13-17
-
Menu List
[ Music
Phone
Refer to
P.2-16
P.2-16
P.1-6
P.3-6
P.3-3
P.3-9
P.2-27
P.1-10
P.3-5
P.2-19
P.12-14
P.2-18
P.13-6
P.13-6
P.13-6
P.2-16
P.2-28
Media Player
Function
Music
Videos
Streaming
Settings
gSound Output
Delete All WMA
Refer to
P.8-4
P.8-6
P.5-9
P.13-14
P.8-5
Communication
Refer to
P.8-14
P.8-8
P.8-4
P.8-4
P.8-3
P.8-3
P.8-14
P.8-14
[ Videos
Function
Last Played Video
My Videos
Download Videos
SD VIDEO
Playback Pattern
Backlight
Settings
Display Size
Sound EffectsS
Web Link Setting
Refer to
P.8-14
P.8-6
P.8-3
P.8-6
P.8-14
P.8-14
P.8-14
-
Function
S! Loop
S! Friend's Status
S! Circle Talk
Refer to
P.10-2
P.10-3
P.10-6
Disney Web
Function
Disney Web
Bookmarks
Saved Pages
Enter URL
History
PC Site Browser
Common Settings
Refer to
P.5-3
P.5-7
P.5-7
P.5-3
P.5-3
P.5-4
P.13-10
[ PC Site Browser
Function
Homepage
Bookmarks
Saved Pages
Enter URL
History
Disney Web
PC Site
Browser
Settings
Warning Message
Zoom Factor
Zoom Area
Refer to
P.5-4
P.5-7
P.5-7
P.5-4
P.5-4
P.5-3
P.13-10
P.5-8
P.5-8
Appendix
Function
Phone Book
Add New Entry
Information
Call Log
Play Messages
Call Voicemail
Category Control
My Details
Speed Dial List
Mail Groups
S! Addressbook Backup
Sort Entries
Select Phone Book
Ph.Book
Settings
Save New Entry
New Number Prompt
Copy All
Manage
Memory Status
Entries
Delete All
Function
Last Played Music
My Music
SD AUDIO
WMA
Download Music
Music Search
Sound EffectsS
Settings
Playback Pattern
14
14-27
Menu List
[ Common Settings
Function
Appendix
14
14-28
Font Size
Scroll Settings
Cursor Settings
Images
Downloads
Sounds
Delete Cache
Memory
Delete Cookies
Operation
Delete Auth Info
Manufacture Number
Send Referer
Cookies
Script Settings
Security
Settings
Secure Prompt
Root Certificates
Keep Auth Info
Flash® Restriction
Download to
Initialized Browser
Reset Settings
Refer to
P.13-10
P.13-10
P.5-9
P.13-10
P.13-10
P.13-10
P.13-10
P.13-10
P.13-10
P.13-10
P.13-10
Messaging
Function
Received Msg.
Create Message
Retrieve New Msg.
Drafts
Templates
Sent Messages
Unsent Messages
Chat Folder
Refer to
P.4-11
P.4-4
P.4-12
P.4-17
P.4-9
P.4-14
P.4-17
P.4-16
Function
Mail List
Retrieve All Mails
Server Mail
Box
Delete All Mails
Mailbox Volume
Create New SMS
Refer to
P.4-12
P.4-7
Address Settings
General Settings
Settings
E Mail Settings
SMS Settings
Speed Mail List
Memory Status
P.4-3
P.13-8
P.13-9
P.13-9
P.4-8
-
Refer to
P.13-8
P.13-8
[ Settings: E Mail Settings
Function
Message DL
Reply to Settings
Picture Appearance
Pictures
Auto Play
File
Sounds
Send File Settings
Refer to
P.13-9
P.13-9
P.13-9
P.13-9
-
[ Settings: SMS Settings
[ Settings: General Settings
Function
Sending Status
Delivery Report
Anti Spam Measures
Quick Reply Set.
Signature Settings
Received Msg.
Auto Delete
Sent Messages
Auto Resend
Link to Feeling
Display Effect
3D
Background Colour
Pictogram
Display Speed
Animation View
View Setting
Message
Alert Sound
Notice
Secret Folder
Message List View
Received Msg. View
Function
Sent Msg.View
Scroll Unit
Refer to
P.13-8
P.13-8
P.4-15
P.4-13
P.4-8
P.13-8
P.13-8
P.4-2
P.13-8
P.13-9
P.13-9
P.13-9
P.13-8
P.13-8
P.13-8
P.13-8
Function
Expiry Time
Message Centre
Char-code
Refer to
P.13-9
-
[ Messaging: General Settings: Link
to Feeling
Function
Idle Screen Info.
Switch On/Off
Light
Light Colour
Vibration Pattern
Switch On/Off
Ringtone
Assign Tone
Duration
Refer to
P.13-8
P.13-8
P.13-8
P.13-8
P.13-8
P.13-8
P.13-8
Index
Index
Number
3D Pictogram (settings) ...........................13-9
A
B
Backlight....................................................13-3
Backup.....................................................12-11
Backup ..................................................12-12
Deleting files .........................................12-13
Encode..................................................12-13
Restore .................................................12-12
Battery ............................................v, 1-7, 14-4
Battery Cover ..............................................1-2
Bluetooth® .................................................12-6
Change Name.........................................12-9
Deleting Paired Devices ..........................12-9
Disconnecting Devices............................12-9
My Device Settings ...............................13-17
C
Calculator ..................................................9-13
Copying Calculation Results ...................9-31
Exchange Rate........................................9-31
Money Converter.....................................9-31
Calendar ......................................................9-2
Calendar Settings....................................9-29
Deleting Schedules ...................................9-4
Editing Schedules ...................................9-29
Opening Schedules...................................9-4
Saving Schedules .....................................9-3
Call Barring .................................................3-8
Black List.................................................3-13
Payphone ................................................3-13
Unavailable..............................................3-13
Unknown .................................................3-13
Withheld ..................................................3-13
Call Forwarding...........................................3-8
Call Log........................................................3-6
Deleting records ......................................3-11
Call Time & Cost .........................................3-7
Data Counter...........................................13-7
Resetting .................................................3-12
Call Time Counter .....................................13-7
Call Waiting ....................................... 3-8, 3-12
Call Waiting (answering Line 2)...............3-12
Caller ID .......................................................3-8
Calling..........................................................3-1
Camera.........................................................7-2
Auto Save ............................................. 13-13
Capturing Still Images .............................. 7-4
Macro ..................................................... 7-12
Picture Quality...................................... 13-13
Recording Video....................................... 7-5
Save Pictures to ................................... 13-13
Save Videos to ..................................... 13-13
Self-timer.................................................. 7-6
Video Quality........................................ 13-13
Center Access Code................................ 1-12
Change NW Password ............................. 3-13
Change PIN............................................... 11-4
Character Code List............................... 14-12
Charging ..................................................... 1-7
Charging Terminals ................................... 1-2
Chat Folder............................................... 4-16
Delete Folder.......................................... 4-18
Deleting All Messages............................ 4-18
Reset...................................................... 4-18
Clock/Calendar......................................... 13-4
Common Settings .................................. 13-10
Communication Services........................ 10-1
Composite .................................................. 7-8
Conference Call ......................................... 3-8
Conference Call (opening another line) ... 3-12
Countdown Timer .................................... 9-21
Crop............................................................. 8-9
Custom Screens (Japanese)..................... 2-8
Web Access ........................................... 2-25
Customer Service .................................. 14-38
Appendix
AC Charger..................................................1-7
Accessories ................................................... v
After-Sales Services ...............................14-37
Alarms .......................................................9-14
Canceling ................................................9-15
Deleting...................................................9-15
Editing entries .........................................9-32
For Manner Mode..................................13-15
Link to World Clk ...................................13-15
Animation View ............................... 4-10, 13-8
Answer Phone................................... 3-3, 3-10
Antenna (for TV reception) ........................1-2
Anti Spam Measures ................................4-15
Any Key Answer .......................................13-5
Auto Delete................................................13-8
Auto Resend...................................... 4-2, 13-8
Auto Retry ...................................................4-2
Printing images .......................................7-11
Receiving files .........................................12-8
Sending files......................... 7-12, 12-8, 12-9
Bookmarks ..................................................5-7
Deleting titles...........................................5-10
Editing titles.............................................5-10
BookSurfing® ............................................9-24
14
D
Data Broadcast (Japanese)....................... 6-6
Returning to Initial Window .................... 6-11
Change View (Data) ............................... 6-11
Set Recording ...................................... 13-11
Data Folder ............................................... 2-20
14-29
Index
Appendix
14
14-30
Change List View.................................... 2-29
Files (attaching) ............................... 2-21, 4-5
Files (moving/copying)............................ 2-22
Files (opening)........................................ 2-21
Files (sorting).......................................... 2-29
Files (using) ............................................ 2-29
Files/folders (deleting) ............................ 2-29
Files/folders (renaming).......................... 2-29
Folders (adding) ..................................... 2-22
Selecting Multiple Files........................... 2-22
Set Secret (folders)................................. 2-22
Slide Show.............................................. 2-21
Unset Secret (folders)............................. 2-29
Date & Time .............................................. 13-2
Calendar Format .................................... 13-2
Date Format ........................................... 13-2
Time Format ........................................... 13-2
Daylight Saving ............................... 9-19, 13-2
Delete (Speed Dial) .................................. 3-11
Delivery Report ................................. 4-9, 13-8
Digital TV (> TV)........................................ 6-5
Adding Reception Areas......................... 6-10
Area Setup ............................................... 6-4
Areas (settings) .................................... 13-12
Auto Exit ............................................... 13-12
Calls & Alarms...................................... 13-12
Change Area ........................................ 13-12
Image ................................................... 13-11
Set Channels ........................................ 13-12
gSound Output.................................... 13-12
Sound Output ....................................... 13-12
Subtitle/Sound ...................................... 13-11
Switching Reception Areas .................... 6-10
Tone...................................................... 13-11
TV Alarm .............................................. 13-12
Digital TV Antenna ..................................... 6-3
Disney Web ................................................. 5-3
Display ..........................................1-2, 1-4, 1-6
Display (settings) ..................................... 13-3
Backlight ................................................. 13-3
Clock/Calendar ....................................... 13-4
Display Saving ........................................ 13-3
External Display...................................... 13-4
Show Indicators ...................................... 13-4
System Graphics .................................... 13-3
Display Call Cost...................................... 13-7
Display Positions ....................................... 1-2
Display Saving.......................................... 13-3
Document Viewer ..................................... 9-23
Download Dictionary ............................... 2-15
DPOF ......................................................... 7-11
Add Date................................................. 7-13
Check Settings ....................................... 7-11
For All Pictures ....................................... 7-11
Index Print .............................................. 7-13
External Device Port .................................. 1-2
External Display ......................................... 1-2
Caller Display.......................................... 13-4
Checking e-money balance .................... 9-31
Duration .................................................. 13-4
Messages ............................................... 13-4
Viewing new messages .......................... 4-12
E
General Notes ............................................... xi
Graphic Mail................................................ 4-6
Creating from templates ........................... 4-9
Font Colour/Size & Effect.......................... 4-9
Guide Usage Notes ....................................... ii
E Mail........................................................... 4-2
Attaching Files .......................................... 4-5
Auto Play File.......................................... 13-9
Graphic Mail ...................................... 4-2, 4-6
Feeling Mail ....................................... 4-2, 4-5
Message DL ........................................... 13-9
Picture Appearance ................................ 13-9
E Mail (sending).......................................... 4-4
Earpiece ...................................................... 1-2
Earpiece Volume ...................................... 3-10
e-Book Library.......................................... 9-35
e-Book Viewer .......................................... 9-24
e-Books (Japanese) ................................. 9-24
Copying Text ........................................... 9-35
Downloading........................................... 9-24
Reading ......................................... 9-24, 9-35
Emergency Calls ...................................... 3-14
English ...................................................... 13-3
Event Light................................................ 13-5
Expenses Memo ......................................... 9-8
Changing Amount................................... 9-30
Changing Category of Saved Entry ........ 9-30
External Camera......................................... 1-2
F
Feeling Mail (receiving) ........................... 4-10
Feeling Mail (sending) ............................... 4-5
Font Size ..................................................... 2-5
Format Card .............................................. 2-24
G
H
Handset Closed .......................................... 1-2
Handset Code ........................................... 1-12
Handset Keys.............................................. 1-3
Handset mail address ................................ 4-3
Handset Menus........................................... 2-2
Handset Open ............................................. 1-2
Handset Parts ............................................. 1-2
Handset Power On/Off ............................... 1-8
Handset Responses ................................... 2-9
Setting Incoming Mail Ring Time............ 2-27
Ringtones ................................................. 2-9
Vibration ................................................... 2-9
Handy Extras .............................................. 9-1
Headphone Port.......................................... 1-2
Headphones (answering calls)................ 3-10
History Lock ............................................. 11-3
Hold ........................................................... 3-10
Index
Hour Minder ..............................................9-18
Assign Tone/Video ..................................9-33
For Manner Mode..................................13-15
Link to World Clk ...................................13-15
Vibration..................................................9-33
I
K
Key Assignments......................................14-9
Keypad Lock ...............................................1-9
Language...................................................13-3
Large Font Menu.........................................2-5
Link to Feeling ..........................................13-8
Link to World Clk ....................................13-15
Location Info ...........................................13-17
Datum On/Off ........................................13-17
Location Property..................................13-17
Locks ............................................... 1-12, 11-2
Loudspeaker ........................ 3-11, 13-7, 13-16
M
Mail Groups ...............................................2-19
Changing members.................................2-28
Deleting ...................................................2-28
Edit Name ...............................................2-28
Main Menu ...................................................2-2
Manner mode ............................................1-11
Mass Storage ..........................................12-10
Master Reset ...........................................13-18
Format Card ............................................2-24
Reset All................................................13-18
Reset Settings.......................................13-18
Media Player................................................8-2
Delete All WMA .........................................8-5
Playlists ........................................... 8-8, 8-15
Sound Output ........................................13-14
Memory All Clear (S! Applications).......13-14
Memory Card.............................................2-23
Format Card ............................................2-24
Opening files ...........................................2-24
Memory Card Slot ............................. 1-2, 2-23
Memory Card Structure & Contents......14-22
Menu List .................................................14-23
Camera .................................................14-23
Communication .....................................14-27
Data Folder ...........................................14-23
Disney Web ...........................................14-27
Entertainment........................................14-24
Media Player ........................................ 14-27
Messaging............................................ 14-28
Phone................................................... 14-27
S! Appli................................................. 14-23
Settings ................................................ 14-25
Tools ..................................................... 14-24
TV......................................................... 14-23
Menu Operations ....................................... 2-2
Message List View ................................... 13-8
Message Notice........................................ 13-8
Messages (creating/sending) ............ 4-4, 4-7
Date & Time ............................................. 4-8
Drafts...................................................... 4-17
Edit & Send ............................................ 4-18
Editing/resending ................................... 4-17
Messaging Settings.................................. 4-9
Pict Setting ............................................... 4-4
Preview Message ..................................... 4-4
Recipients (adding) .................................. 4-8
Recipients (selecting/entering)................. 4-8
Save to Drafts........................................... 4-8
Set Auto Play File ..................................... 4-9
Set Sent Cancel ....................................... 4-8
Signature Settings.................................... 4-8
Speed Mail List......................................... 4-8
Templates ................................................. 4-9
Within the Network ................................... 4-8
Messages (deleting) ................................ 4-17
Messages (forwarding)............................ 4-17
Messages (protecting)............................. 4-17
Messages (receiving/checking) .............. 4-10
Copying Text........................................... 4-13
Mail List .................................................. 4-12
Opening New Mail Out of Standby ......... 4-12
Retrieving New Mail Manually ................ 4-12
Save to Data Folder ............................... 4-12
Save to Phone Book............................... 4-13
Scroll Unit............................................... 13-8
Using Linked Info.................................... 4-12
View Mail Address.................................. 4-17
Appendix
IC Card .......................................................9-11
IC Card Lock ...........................................9-11
Remote Lock ...........................................9-11
Indicators ....................................................1-4
Camera (Viewfinder) .................................7-3
Display ......................................................1-4
External Display ........................................1-5
Messaging (message list) .......................4-11
Music Playback Window ...........................8-4
Video Playback Window............................8-6
Information Window ...................................1-6
Infrared ......................................................12-2
Receiving files.........................................12-3
Sending files ................................. 12-4, 12-5
Infrared Port ................................................1-2
Internal Antenna .........................................1-2
International calls .......................................3-2
International calls (placing) .......................3-2
Internet ........................................................5-2
Accessing.......................................... 5-3, 5-4
Basic Operations.......................................5-5
Common Settings .................................13-10
Deleting History.........................................5-8
Handling Information.................................5-8
Saving pages/Bookmarks .........................5-7
Switch Browser .........................................5-8
URL Entry Log ..........................................5-8
IP Service Setting ...................................13-16
IrSS Transfer ................................... 7-12, 12-2
L
14
14-31
Index
Appendix
14
Viewing on External Display ................... 4-12
Messages (sorting) .................................. 4-15
Anti Spam Measures .............................. 4-15
Classify ................................................... 4-18
Move to Folder........................................ 4-18
Messaging (> SMS, E Mail) ...................... 4-2
Folders (adding) ..................................... 4-18
Folders (deleting).................................... 4-18
Folders (renaming) ................................. 4-18
Font Size ................................................ 4-12
General Settings..................................... 13-8
Selecting Multiple Messages .................. 4-17
Set Secret............................................... 4-14
Sort......................................................... 4-17
Unset Secret........................................... 4-18
Window Description................................ 4-11
Microphone................................................. 1-2
Minute Minder........................................... 13-7
Missed Call Notification ............................ 3-9
Mode Settings .......................................... 13-2
MTP Mode ................................................... 8-3
Multi Job ..................................................... 2-3
Multi Party................................................. 3-12
Music (deleting).......................................... 8-5
Music (obtaining) ....................................... 8-3
Music (playing) ........................................... 8-4
Last Played Music .................................. 8-14
Playback Pattern .................................... 8-14
Sound Effects ......................................... 8-14
My Details ................................................. 1-10
Sending via Bluetooth® ........................... 12-9
Sending via Infrared ............................... 12-5
N
Network Password ................................... 1-12
Notepad....................................................... 9-7
Call Notepad........................................... 9-30
Edit Text/Change Category .................... 9-30
14-32
O
Offline Mode ............................................. 1-11
Optional Services....................................... 3-8
Optional Services (checking status) ...... 3-12
Osaifu-Keitai® ........................................... 9-10
Balance Info............................................ 9-31
Checking e-money balance .................... 9-31
IC Card Settings ..................................... 9-11
Locking ................................................... 9-11
Set to Default........................................ 13-15
P
Pager Code List ...................................... 14-11
Password Lock ......................................... 11-2
PC (connecting handset)....................... 12-10
PC Site Browser ......................................... 5-4
Jumping to Specific Locations .................. 5-8
Switching View ......................................... 5-8
Warning Message................................. 13-10
Zoom Factor ............................................. 5-8
Zooming Specific Areas............................ 5-8
Phone Book .............................................. 2-16
Category Control .................................... 2-27
Changing Light Color/Vibration Pattern ... 2-27
Create Message ..................................... 2-27
Deleting entries ...................................... 2-28
Editing entries......................................... 2-28
New Number Prompt .............................. 13-6
Opening from Other Functions ............... 2-18
Personal Ringtone .................................. 2-17
Picture ........................................... 2-17, 2-27
Save New Entry ...................................... 13-6
Saving Other Information........................ 2-27
Secret ..................................................... 2-17
Select Phone Book ................................. 13-6
Phone Book Lock..................................... 11-3
Phone Book search.................................. 2-18
Picture Editor.............................................. 7-8
PIN ............................................................. 14-2
PIN Entry ................................................... 11-2
PIN Lock .................................................... 14-2
Playlists..............................................8-8, 8-15
Portrait/Macro Selector.............................. 1-2
Printing (Bluetooth®)................................ 7-11
Q
QR Code .................................................... 9-26
Quick Operations ....................................... 2-2
Quick Reply............................................... 4-13
R
Received Calls .......................................... 3-10
Received Msg. View ................................. 13-8
Record Caller Voice.................................. 3-11
Redial (Dialled Numbers)......................... 3-10
Reference URLs ..................................... 14-21
Reject (calls) ............................................. 3-10
Remote Lock (Osaifu-Keitai®) ................. 9-11
Call Remote Lock ................................... 9-12
Count for Lock ........................................ 9-31
Mail Remote Lock ................................... 9-11
Notice Settings ....................................... 9-31
Remote Monitor ........................................ 3-10
Reply.......................................................... 4-11
Quick Reply ............................................ 4-13
Quoting Original Message Text............... 4-13
Reply All ................................................. 4-13
Reset (> Master Reset) ......................... 13-18
Reset All .................................................. 13-18
Reset Settings ........................................ 13-18
Retrieve NW Info..............................1-8, 13-17
Ringer Output ........................................... 13-5
S
S! Addressbook Back-up....................... 12-14
Auto Sync Settings ............................... 12-17
Confirming User ID & Password ........... 12-17
Sync History ......................................... 12-17
Index
Using scan results...................................9-37
Scan Text ...................................................9-28
Scanning during Text Entry .....................9-36
Using scan results...................................9-36
Schedules (> Calendar) ............................9-3
Security Codes..........................................1-12
Sending Status..........................................13-8
Sent Msg.View...........................................13-8
Set as Wallpaper .......................................2-29
Set Date/Time ............................................13-2
Set Sent Cancel...........................................4-8
Set Time Zone ................................. 9-19, 13-2
Set to Default (S! Applications) .............13-14
Shortcuts .....................................................2-2
Customizing ............................................2-25
Show My ID................................................3-10
Show My Number......................................3-13
Show Secret Data .....................................11-3
Side Keys.....................................................1-3
Signature Settings ......................................4-8
Simple Menu................................................2-4
Slide W paper ..............................................2-7
Small Light ..................................................1-2
SMS ..............................................................4-2
Expiry Time .............................................13-9
SMS (sending).............................................4-7
Softkeys.......................................................1-6
Software Update .......................................14-5
Sounds & Alerts................................ 2-9, 13-5
Speaker........................................................1-2
Specifications .........................................14-18
Specifications (by function)...................14-19
Basic Operations...................................14-19
Calling ...................................................14-19
Camera & Imaging ................................14-20
Communication Services ......................14-21
Connectivity & File Backup ...................14-21
Disney Web & PC Site Browser ............14-19
Digital TV...............................................14-19
Handy Extras.........................................14-21
Media Player & S! Applications ............ 14-20
Messaging............................................ 14-19
Speed Dial List ........................................... 3-5
Speed Mail List........................................... 4-8
Standby....................................................... 1-6
Standby Window (Japanese) .................... 2-6
Calendar/Tag Panel.................................. 2-6
Display Panel ........................................... 2-6
Display Window...................................... 2-25
Member Panel .......................................... 2-6
News Panel .............................................. 2-6
Shortcut Panel.......................................... 2-6
Using Tags ............................................... 2-7
Still images (capturing) ............................. 7-4
Add Frame................................................ 7-6
Camera Effects......................................... 7-7
Continuous Shoot..................................... 7-6
Panorama Picture..................................... 7-7
Picture Size ............................................ 7-12
Scanner.................................................... 7-7
Scene ..................................................... 7-12
Shutter Sound ...................................... 13-13
Still images (capturing & sending).... 7-4, 7-7
Still images (editing).................................. 7-8
Additional editing options ....................... 7-13
Changing sizes......................................... 7-9
Face Arrange............................................ 7-9
Merge Panorama.................................... 7-10
Stopwatch................................................. 9-20
Strap Eyelet ................................................ 1-2
Streaming ............................................ 5-3, 5-9
Swap Calls................................................ 3-12
System Graphics ..................................... 13-3
System Sounds........................................ 13-5
Appendix
S! Applications .........................................8-12
Activation Time (Screensaver) ..............13-14
Application Volume................................13-14
Calls & Alarms ......................................13-14
Deleting...................................................8-13
Downloading ...........................................8-13
Screensaver ............................................8-13
S! Circle Talk .............................................10-6
Accepting requests .................................10-7
Editing Member List ................................10-8
Initiating...................................................10-7
IP Service Setting .................................13-16
Loudspeaker .........................................13-16
Registering Members..............................10-6
S! Familiar Usability .................................2-25
S! FeliCa (> Osaifu-Keitai®) ....................9-10
S! Friend's Status .....................................10-3
Editing member list .................................10-5
IP Service Setting .................................13-16
Opening Member Status .........................10-4
Registering Members..............................10-4
Request Reply ......................................13-16
Status Notif. List ......................................10-5
Status Update .........................................10-5
S! Loop (Japanese) ..................................10-2
S! Music Connect (Japanese)....................8-3
S! Quick News...........................................9-22
Automatic Update....................................9-34
Deleting items .........................................9-34
S! Loop List .............................................9-34
Safety Precautions .......................................vi
SAR .............................................................. xiv
Saved Pages................................................5-7
Deleting pages ........................................5-10
Editing titles.............................................5-10
Scan Barcode............................................9-25
Open Barcode.........................................9-36
Scanning during Text Entry .....................9-36
Using scan results...................................9-36
Scan Card ..................................................9-27
14
T
Table of Contents..........................................iii
Tasks ........................................................... 9-5
Deleting Tasks .......................................... 9-6
Editing Tasks .......................................... 9-29
14-33
Index
Appendix
14
14-34
Opening Tasks.......................................... 9-6
Text (editing)............................................. 2-14
Text Entry.................................................. 2-10
Call Notepad........................................... 9-30
Clear Log ................................................ 2-26
Emoticons............................................... 2-12
Hiragana ................................................. 2-11
Hiragana to Katakana/Alphanumeric
Conversion ............................................. 2-13
Input/Conversion .................................... 13-6
Inserting Line Breaks.............................. 2-26
Inserting Phone Book Entry Items.......... 2-26
Inserting Spaces..................................... 2-26
Katakana ................................................ 2-12
Mail & Web Extensions........................... 2-13
One-Hiragana Conversion ...................... 2-11
Phonetic Conversion .............................. 2-11
Quick Conversion ................................... 2-13
Reset Learning ....................................... 2-26
Switching Entry Modes........................... 2-10
Symbols & Disney Pictograms ............... 2-12
Undo Conversion or Recover Deleted
Characters .............................................. 2-26
Using Character Codes .......................... 2-26
Using Pager Code .................................. 2-26
When Target Word is Not Listed............. 2-11
Time Correction ....................................... 13-2
Troubleshooting ....................................... 14-6
TV (watching).............................................. 6-5
Changing Audiovisual Setting................. 6-10
Channels (saving)................................... 6-10
Data Broadcast (Japanese)...................... 6-6
Help ........................................................ 6-10
Program Info............................................. 6-6
TV Listing (Japanese)............................... 6-6
Using Wireless Headphones .................. 6-10
TV Player..................................................... 6-8
TV programs (recording/playing).............. 6-7
Marker .................................................... 6-11
Memory Remaining ................................ 6-11
Playback Pattern..................................... 6-11
Playing Split Files ................................... 6-11
Recorded programs (deleting) ................ 6-11
Recorded programs (renaming) ............. 6-11
TV Timers (recording/watching) ............... 6-9
Setting Timer via Program Info ............... 6-12
Timer entries (editing/deleting) ............... 6-12
Timer log records (opening/deleting)...... 6-12
Wakeup TV ............................................. 9-16
U
USB Charge ..................................... 1-7, 13-17
User Dictionary......................................... 2-15
Editing/deleting entries ........................... 2-26
USIM Card ................................................. 14-2
USIM PINs (> PIN) ................................... 14-2
Utility Software ................................... v, 12-10
V
Vibration...................................................... 2-9
Video (deleting) .......................................... 8-7
Video (editing) ............................................ 8-9
Video (obtaining)........................................ 8-3
Video (playing) ........................................... 8-6
Display Size ............................................ 8-14
Last Played Video................................... 8-14
Playback Pattern..................................... 8-14
Sound Effects ......................................... 8-14
Video (recording) ....................................... 7-5
Display Size .......................................... 13-13
Microphone........................................... 13-13
Record Time/Size ................................... 7-12
Video (recording & sending) ..................... 7-5
Video Calling .............................................. 3-4
Alternative Image.................................... 13-7
Incoming Picture..................................... 13-7
Loudspeaker........................................... 13-7
Outgoing Picture..................................... 13-7
Remote Monitor ...................................... 3-10
Video Calls (answering)............................. 3-4
Video Calls (placing) .................................. 3-4
Video subtitles.......................................... 8-10
Deleting .................................................. 8-11
Editing Text ............................................. 8-11
Voice Calling ............................................... 3-2
Voice Calls (answering) ............................. 3-3
Voice Calls (placing) .................................. 3-2
Voice Recorder ........................................... 9-9
Record Time ........................................... 9-30
Save and Send ....................................... 9-30
Save Recording to .................................. 9-30
Voicemail..................................................... 3-8
Volume (ringtones)................................... 13-5
W
Wakeup TV ................................................ 9-16
Wallpaper .................................................... 2-7
Warranty.................................................. 14-37
World Clock............................................... 9-19
Adding Custom Time Zone..................... 9-33
Opening World Clock in Standby............ 9-19
Objectives
Accessing Secret Files/Entries
Data Folder ............................................. 2-22
Messaging folders................................... 4-14
Phone Book ............................................ 2-17
Schedules/tasks ....................................... 9-4
Accessing the Internet
Disney Web .............................................. 5-3
From message text ................................. 4-12
From scan results ................................... 9-36
Media Player............................................. 8-3
PC Site Browser ....................................... 5-4
Browsing/Viewing
Disney Web .............................................. 5-3
Document Viewer ................................... 9-23
e-Books .................................................. 9-24
PC Site Browser ....................................... 5-4
S! Quick News ........................................ 9-22
Index
From sent messages...............................4-18
Graphic Mail ...................................... 4-6, 4-9
SMS ..........................................................4-7
Copying
Calculation results...................................9-31
Data Folder files ......................................2-22
From text entry window ...........................2-14
Scan results ............................................9-37
Text (e-Books) .........................................9-35
Text (Internet) ............................................5-8
Text (Messaging) .....................................4-13
Exchanging Files
Bluetooth® ...............................................12-6
Infrared....................................................12-2
IrSS Transfer ...........................................12-2
Mass Storage ........................................12-10
MTP Mode.................................................8-3
Hiding Files/Entries
Data Folder .............................................2-22
Messaging folders ...................................4-14
Phone Book.............................................2-17
Schedules/tasks ......................................9-29
Inserting/Removing
Battery.....................................................14-4
Memory Card ..........................................2-23
USIM Card ..............................................14-3
Locking/Restricting
Call Log ...................................................11-3
Incoming/outgoing calls...........................3-13
Keypad Lock..............................................1-9
Mail records.............................................11-3
Osaifu-Keitai® (S! FeliCa) ........................9-11
Password Lock ........................................11-2
Phone Book.............................................11-3
PIN Entry.................................................11-2
Managing Schedules
Calendar....................................................9-2
Tasks .........................................................9-5
Measuring Time
Countdown Timer....................................9-21
Stopwatch .............................................. 9-20
Notifying Phone Number
Opening My Details................................ 1-10
Via Bluetooth® ........................................ 12-9
Via Infrared............................................. 12-5
Placing Calls
Calling Previously Dialed Numbers
(Redial)................................................... 3-10
Calling from Received Call Records....... 3-10
From Internet pages ................................. 5-9
From message text................................. 4-12
From Phone Book .................................. 2-18
From scan results................................... 9-36
International calls ..................................... 3-2
Speed Dial................................................ 3-5
Video Calls ............................................... 3-4
Voice Calls................................................ 3-2
Playing
Answer Phone messages/Caller Voice .... 3-3
Files (Scan Barcode).............................. 9-37
Music........................................................ 8-4
Recorded TV programs ............................ 6-8
Recorded TV programs from Timer log ... 6-12
Split files (TV)......................................... 6-11
Streams.................................................... 5-9
Video ........................................................ 8-6
Voice files ................................................. 9-9
Voicemail messages................................. 3-9
Rejecting
Calls from public phones ........................ 3-13
Calls from specific numbers ................... 3-13
Calls from unsaved numbers.................. 3-13
Calls with undisplayable Caller ID .......... 3-13
Calls without Caller ID............................ 3-13
Resetting/Formatting
All settings............................................ 13-18
Handset................................................ 13-18
Memory Card ......................................... 2-24
Saving
Backup ................................................. 12-12
Appendix
Calculating
Calculator................................................9-13
Expenses Memo .......................................9-8
Canceling
Alarm.......................................................9-15
Answer Phone...........................................3-3
Call Forwarding .........................................3-9
Download Dictionary ...............................2-15
Hour Minder ............................................9-18
IC Card Lock ...........................................9-11
Keypad Lock..............................................1-9
Large Font Menu.......................................2-5
Manner mode..........................................1-11
Offline Mode............................................1-11
Password Lock ........................................11-2
S! Familiar Usability ................................2-25
Secret folders ................................ 2-29, 4-18
Simple Menu .............................................2-4
Voicemail...................................................3-9
Changing
Font Size ...................................................2-5
Font Weight...............................................2-5
Handset Code .........................................1-12
Handset mail address ...............................4-3
Network Password ..................................3-13
PINs ........................................................11-4
Changing Ringtones
Feeling Mail.............................................13-8
From Data Folder ....................................2-29
Phone Book ............................................2-17
Ringtone/videos ........................................2-9
Composing/Sending Messages
E Mail ........................................................4-4
Feeling Mail...............................................4-5
From Call Log records.............................3-11
From Internet pages..................................5-9
From message text..................................4-12
From Phone Book ...................................2-27
From received messages ........................4-11
From scan results....................................9-36
14
14-35
Index
Appendix
14
14-36
Captured still images ..................7-4, 7-6, 7-7
Draft messages ........................................ 4-8
Edited still images .................................... 7-8
Files (Internet) .......................................... 5-9
Mail attachments .................................... 4-12
Mail templates .......................................... 4-6
Notepad entries ........................................ 9-7
Phone Book entries ................................ 2-16
Recorded video ........................................ 7-5
Scan results................................... 9-36, 9-37
TV channels ........................................... 6-10
Saving Phone Book Entries
Add New Entry ....................................... 2-16
From Call Log records ............................ 3-11
From message text ................................. 4-13
From received messages ....................... 4-13
From scan results ................................... 9-37
Scanning
Business cards ....................................... 9-27
QR Codes............................................... 9-25
Text ......................................................... 9-28
Searching
Bluetooth® devices ................................. 12-7
Music to download.................................... 8-3
Music to play............................................. 8-4
Phone Book ............................................ 2-18
Text (Internet) ........................................... 5-8
Video to play............................................. 8-6
Sending via E Mail
Data Folder files .............................. 2-21, 4-5
QR Codes............................................... 9-26
Scan results............................................ 9-37
Still images ........................................ 7-4, 7-7
URLs ........................................................ 5-8
Video ........................................................ 7-5
Voice files ............................................... 9-30
Setting Wallpaper
From Data Folder.................................... 2-29
From Phone Settings................................ 2-7
From scan results ................................... 9-37
Showing in Standby
Clock/Calendar ....................................... 13-4
S! Applications........................................ 8-13
Standby Window....................................... 2-6
Wallpaper ................................................. 2-7
World Clock ............................................ 9-19
Using as Alarm Clock
Alarm ...................................................... 9-14
Hour Minder............................................ 9-18
Wakeup TV ............................................. 9-16
Using Away from Home
Alarm ...................................................... 9-14
Camera..................................................... 7-2
Digital TV .................................................. 6-2
Hour Minder............................................ 9-18
Osaifu-Keitai® ......................................... 9-10
Voice Recorder ......................................... 9-9
Warranty & Service
Warranty & Service
[ Warranty
Warranty is provided when you purchase handset.
. Check the name of distributor and date of purchase.
. Read through contents and keep in a safe place.
. The warranty term is described in the warranty.
[ After-Sales Services
See P.14-6 "Troubleshooting" before contacting Disney Mobile for
service or repairs.
If you cannot find solutions or solve problems, contact Customer
Assistance (P.14-38) in your subscription area and provide a
detailed description of the problem.
For other services, contact the distributor, the nearest SoftBank
Shop or General Information (P.14-38).
Replacement parts are available for 6 years after termination of
production.
. Disney Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from use of
this product.
. Disney Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from
accidental loss/alteration of handset data. Keep a copy of Phone
Book entries, etc. in a separate place.
. Disassembling or modifying handset may violate the Radio Law.
Modified handset will not be repaired.
. Repairs within warranty are performed under terms and conditions
described.
. Out of warranty, possible repairs are performed upon request at
subscriber expense.
Appendix
14
14-37
Customer Service
Customer Service
For Disney Mobile handset or service information, call General Information. For repairs, call Customer Assistance.
General Information
Customer Assistance
Disney Mobile Customer Center
SoftBank Customer Center
From a Disney Mobile handset, dial toll free at 157
From a Disney Mobile handset, dial toll free at 113
From landlines, dial toll free at 0800-2222-157
From landlines, dial toll free at 0088-250-113
SoftBank Global Call Center
From outside Japan, dial +81-3-5351-3491
(International charges apply.)
Appendix
14
14-38
Disney Mobile DM002SH Instruction Guide
June 2008, First Edition
The Walt Disney Company (Japan) Ltd.
For additional information, please contact the distributor.
Model: Disney Mobile DM002SH
Manufacturer: SHARP CORPORATION
Please help the mobile industry maintain high environmental standards. Recycle your old
handsets, batteries and charger units (all manufacturers and brands). Before you recycle, please
remember these important points:
. Handsets, batteries and chargers submitted for recycling cannot be returned.
. Always erase all data recorded on old handsets (Phone Book entries, call records, mail, etc.) before recycling.
Mind your mobile manners when carrying a handset.